29
2. DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULE ADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

Digital storytelling module (Advanced level)

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

PROJECT MANEGEMENT MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 1

2DIGITALSTORYTELLING MODULE

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

AUGUST 2014

AUTHORAuthors Skaidrite Bukbatilderde Žarko Čižmar Antra Skinča Ivan StojilovićPartners Telecentre Europe DemNet Fundatia EOS - Educating for An Open Society IAN Telecentar LIKTA Langas ateit Fundacioacuten EsplaiCoordination of the content development Alba Agulloacute

GRAPHIC DESIGN AND DESIGNFundacioacuten Esplai (wwwfundacionesplaiorg) amp Niugragravefic (wwwniugraficcom)

UNDER CREATIvE COmmONSAttribution - NonCommercial - CompartieIgual (by-nc-sa)

TO ObTAIN PERmISSION bEYOND THIS LICENSE CONTACThttptmatelecentre-europeorgcontacts

ACCESS TO mULTImEDIA TOOLkIThttptmatelecentre-europeorgtoolkit

LEGAL NOTICEThis project has been funded with support from the European Commission This publication reflects the views only of the author and the Commission cannot be held responsible for any use which may be made of the information contained therein

Index2 DIGITAL

STORYTELLING MODULE

21 Introduction to Digital Storytelling P4

211 What is digital storytelling

212 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy

22 Storytelling techniques P8 21 Elements of a good storytelling

22 Types of Digital stories

23 Interview and report P13

31 Interview

24 Media news P17 41 Steps of digital storytelling

25 Activities P25

26 Bibliography P27

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 4

Introduction to Digital Storytelling 21

With the development of new media tools it is becoming more popular to create a 3-5 minute video telling either a personal sto-ry-about onersquos life events family celebrations travel adventures professional carer or create an imaginary story or develop such videos for educational or professional purposes eg a video re-sume

This module will introduce you to the method when with the use of new digital tools everyone can tell their own lsquotrue storiesrsquo in a compelling and emotionally engaging form The module will an-alyse what elements oral written and digital storytelling have in common what skills you need to create a digital story and what role these skills play in developing media literacy - one of the key elements for 21st century learning

The module will deal with the development of storytelling skills-start-ing with getting to the idea analysing what themes can make the basis of a story and what elements you should concider in order to create emotionally charged and a powerful digital story

There are several steps in the process of creation a digital sto-ry-the first steps are connected with the creation of the idea gath-ering and organising the information In this process graphic or-ganisers might be helpful as they in a visual way help to organize information convert a lot of seemingly disjointed pieces into a

structured simple-to-read visual representation When the story map is prepared the next step is to write the script that will be recorded If you want to make your story digital then before the actual technical implementation starts the author should ldquoseerdquo the story already finished that means it should be decided what media-sound video still photos graphics and interactivity is nec-essary This process of organizing media and text in a coherent ways is called story boarding

The module will show some practical methods how to easily cre-ate a story map and a story board

211 What is digital storytelling

Tell me a fact and Irsquoll learn Tell me a truth and Irsquoll believe Tell me a story and it will live in my heart forever (Indian Proverb)

From ancient times humans have been telling stories that is conveying events in words and images We tell and listen to stories every day-we meet friends and tell about ourselves the things that have happened or describe how things were done Sometimes we want to look into the future and imagine what it might be like Stories are told about personal life and used in the classroom for teaching purposes and to inform society about the events discoveries inventions good practice and many more In our professional life we also use storytelling technique In some cases the process of documentation and sharing our experience

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 5

can be rather academic and therefore has no power to inspire the reader Certainly the facts and analytical aspect is essential but to make good practice memorable persuasive and powerful you have to add your personal touch or attitude

Storytelling is an ancient form of communication and an art that has been used as a tool for entertainment education to pass over cultural and moral values share knowledge and experi-ence and has been developing over time with each technologi-cal development It has been proved that communities originally communicated with body language and then progressed to oral communication after the development of hieroglyphics passed over to written communication With the advances in new media technology digital communication evolved

According to Leslie Rule from Digital Storytelling Association rdquoDigital Storytelling is the modern expression of the ancient art of storytelling Digital stories derive their power by weaving images music narrative and voice together thereby giving deep dimen-sion and vivid color to characters situations experiences and insights httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Oral storytelling has given rise to digital storytelling The very basis is formed by the art of storytelling but adding new afforda-ble multimedia tools and techniques makes the storytelling go digital In digital storytelling the following elements text image sound voice and moving images can be combined in a coherent story and each of them plays a unique role adding power to the medium

If we look at digital storytelling in a wider perspective then the term can be referred to a variety of emergent new forms of digi-tal narratives eg text based stories blogs web-based stories interactive stories hypertexts narrative computer games audio and video podcasts etc Digital stories might include only some elements like text images aidio material Not always digital sto-ries should include audio or video to be effective powerful or memorable there can be image only story utilizing the power of visual images to tell stories

There are many various definitions of ldquodigital storytellingrdquo but a common trait for all of them is the idea of combining the ancient art of telling stories with any of a variety of available multimedia tools including graphics audio video animation and Web pub-lishing

If some time ago stories and films were created by profession-als nowadays people of all ages and experience using their life stories or imagination can create stories using computers digi-tal cameras recorders and software-that has become possible with the arrival of accessible media production techniques This new form of storytelling has emerged and it allows individuals to share their stories over the Internet on discs podcasts or other electronic distribution systems The beauty of this form of digital expression is that these stories can be created by people everywhere on any subject and shared electronically all over the world

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 6

Joe Lambert co-founder of the Center for Digital Story Telling defines that Digital storytelling in the not too distant future shar-ing onersquos story through multiple medium of imagery text voice sound music video and animation will be the principal hobby of the worldrsquos peoplerdquo httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

211 What is digital storytelling Although nowadays people are fascinated by creating digital sto-ries and it might seem fun and an easy job still making a power-ful story requires fundamental intellectual skills

In order to make a digital story that is extremely effective and emotionally powerful you have to acquire a large variety of skills the skills you need for a traditional story - oral and written story-telling skills as well as digital and art skills communication skills and critical thinking skills

Digital story is a comination of oral presentation and media but at the basis of it is a story that involves imagining or remember-ing scenes then describing them to your listeners in a vivid way While preparing a story you have to think about the plot - how to link the characters with the setting and the events and how they will interact and accomplish each other it develops the skills of sequencing constructing a logical and persuasive arguments

If written language relies chiefly on words then passing your sto-ry to someone you describe scenes using oral language (spo-ken language) which differs from its close relative written lan-guage Oral language has its own operating principles strengths

and limitations and many communicative elements in addition to words can be used eg Tone of voice Facial expression Gestures Body language Expression of eyes Orientation in space (facing toward or away from listeners) and more

Furthermore many of the communicative elements of oral lan-guage such as tone of voice are powerful enough to completely overpower words

In the process of digital story production video plans and scripts are written where writing and conventional forms of literacy are involved

There are three key areas that are crutially important while writing a story Use of language Identification of audience Formulating a point of view

The use of language for writing includes vocabulary and the or-ganization of story The audience is whom the writer is address-ing and it is crucial to understand what is your purpose Writing revising and editing scripts for digital stories help to organize the story Digital stories is a synergy of creative writing and personal reflection with clarity and organization In the case of academic

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 7

educational digital stories writing is used to plan script and cre-ate a story that demonstrates content area understandingThe key questions to ask yourself to check the structure and con-tent of the story Is it focused Is it logical Is the thinking clear and concise Is it easy for the reader to understand

A written story becomes more fascinating with the use of visual images that have become a predominant form of communication delivered across a wide range of media and formats Visual lit-eracy can be defined as ability to construct meaning from visual images Visual literacy is about interpreting images of the present and past and producing images that effectively communicate the message to the audience When creating a digital story you have to interpret create visuals select images to convey a range of meanings Digital stories are essentially multimedia art projects shaped by story No matter what technologies await us in the fu-ture we will try to tell stories with them and to do so we will need to understand design

With the present day development of technologies there are var-ious tools for producing excellent digital stories Skills needed to produce a digital story include the ability to search collect and process information and use it in a critical and systematic way assessing relevance and distinguishing the real from the virtual while recognising the links You should have skills to use tools to produce present and understand complex information and the ability to access search and use internet-based services Use of ICT requires a critical and reflective attitude towards available in-

formation and a responsible use of the interactive media Becom-ing proficient in digital skills is fundamental to studentrsquos success in 21 st century

Digital storytelling like traditional storytelling is an exercise in communication and a creative process that requires participants to visualize and use their imagination

Communication plays an important role in the preparation of a digital story You have to discuss the ideas analyse criticise present information and show your unique point of view - it is done through discussion with groupmates or colleagues When publishing your digital story either on school portal or a website you make it public and become a member of a larger community with voice and a sense of responsibility to others and always try to make positive contributions to the digital culture

On the other hand to communicate and express your idea effec-tively and clearly you need very practical skills - how to use the available tools adequately use of correct language and convid-er all other aspects that take the context into account to achieve an effective communication

While creating digital stories it is essential to see and realise the persuasive power of technology and media - how media makers use technique to influence our way of thinking and our emotions and feelings As media is so powerful we need to be especially aware of its power to persuade and be in control of this important aspect of our own lives

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 8

21st century will require ability to apply criteria for responsible use of ICT acknowledging potential risks as well as the use of rules of behaviour that promote an adequate social exchange on the web Critical thinking responsibility and decision making are skills that are related to this

Media literacy education teaches people to access analyze evaluate and produce media A media literate person can think critically about what they see hear and read in books newspa-pers magazines television radio movies music advertising video games the Internet and new emerging technology It also includes learning how to create messages using print audio vid-eo and multimedia

Storytelling techniques22

221 Elements of a good storytellingToday when we live in the digital age how do you tell a story that stands out captures peoplersquos attention and gets them engaged As a digital story is a combination of the art of telling stories and the creative potential of digital tools where digital images and graphics text recorded narration by the author video transi-tions and music are combined to construct personal tales on a specific topic both parts are extremely important - only the right balance between an exciting story and meaningful use of digital tools can result in a powerful presentation

There are endless approaches to crafting and constructing stories depending on purpose and audience but there are some funda-mental elements that should be observed during the writing and planning phase when scripts are drafted and revised and story-boards designed During this stage the storyteller decides what the story will say and how the story will look during this stage Once the script and accompanying storyboard are completed the con-struction of the story can start using various tools The construc-tion of a digital story is not a simple process that follows a recipe or a prescribed formula Deciding how the various elements will form the structure of each individual story and determining the balance between these elements can take a lot of thought and effort

There are several issues to concider for creating efective and powerful stories

A digital story likewise traditional story has its structure a beginning middle and end

The beginning should captivate the viewer It can be achieved by asking a question providing dilemma or controversal state-ment It should compel the viewers to continue watching and make them want to see how the problem is solved

The middle usually describes the course of events What happened How was the dilemmaproblem solved

The end of a story reveals a conclusionsollution How did the situation turn out The end of your story should also reveal your meaning or point

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 9

Stories are not a mere presentation of facts Stories are told to convey some message It is important to define the key message or the main point you are going to convey to the au-dience Consider the audience and direct the story to this par-ticular audience

A good digital story begins as a good story telling person-al experience One of the most unique features of this specific digital storytelling style is the expectation that each story ex-presses a personal meaning or insight about how a particular event or situation touches you your community or humanity Digital stories are advised to be constructed from personrsquos own experience and understanding and reveal the writerrsquos or storytellerrsquos personal expression Using the first-person pro-noun bdquoIrdquo rather than the more distant third-person point of view is essential The digital story reveals the writer as opposed to offering facts about a distanced topic

A good story creates intrigue or tension around a situation that is revealed in the beginning of the story and resolved at the end sometimes with an unexpected twist The tension of an unresolved or curious situation engages and holds the viewer until reaching a memorable end

The most effective digital stories evoke an emotion from the audience Emotional content can help to hold the audi-encersquos attention The different elements (eg images effects music and tone of voice) all can contribute to adding emotion to a story cauising laughter tears and expressions of pleasure or other emotions

A good story should tell the message in a concise way An effective digital story might use only a few images a few words and even fewer special effects to communicate intend-ed meaning clearly and powerfully It is not necessary to in-clude every tiny detail of the story the audience will fill in the blanks from suggestions made by sights and sounds The art of shortening a story lies in preserving the essence of the tale - using the fewest words along with images and sound to make your point Economy is the most difficult element for both nov-ices and experienced writers to attain Setting limits to a digi-atl story helps to make the construction process manageable and it also makes it possible for an audience to view the stories in a short period of time To achieve conciseness makes the author focus the story deciding what is essential and what can be omitted A compact fast moving digital story will con-tain only those elements necessary to move the audience from beginning to end

The rhytm of the story is what keeps the audiencersquos atten-tion and interest Be careful not to make the story bdquomonoto-nousrdquo that can be a synonym with bdquoboringrdquo because an un-varied pace will not hold the audiencersquos attention There is an important interaction between economy and pacing Novice storytellers often attempt to manage the script into a two-min-ute digital story by reading it as rapidly as they can This is achieved at the expense of pacing because this approach does not allow them to pause or vary the pace It is important to confront these decisions during the script revision process in order to allow a natural pace and varied flow when the digi-tal story is constructed Changing the pace at different points

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 10

can facilitate moving the audience from one emotion to anoth-er Music tempo speech rate image duration panning and zooming speed all work to establish pace Generally pace is consistent throughout a story but once in a while it will pause accelerate decelerate or stop

As the digital stories reveal personal emotions experience attitude the storytellerrsquos voice (the pitch inflection and tembre) is essential to convey meaning and intent in a very personal way This is one of the most essential elements that contribute to the effectiveness of a digital story There is no substitute for using your own voice to tell your story It is advisable to take time to learn and practice the script so that the speaker tells it in a conversational tone If the script is simply read from the print-out then the voice will not sound natural to the audience and they will be unsure how to respond

Unlike traditional oral or written stories in digital stories im-ages sound and music can be used to show a part of the context create setting give story information and provide emotional meaning not provided by words

A good story incorporates technology in artful ways demonstrating skillsof communication with the help of imag-es sound voice color white space animations design tran-sitions and special effects Ask yourself whether your media resources are decorating illustrating or illuminating Music is an important element of the professional cinema and can be

concidered as an essential element to make a powerful story Properly employed music can enhance and underscore the accompanying story adding complexity and depth to the nar-rative

222 Elements of a good storytellingIn general a digital storyrdquo is any narrative that is told using digital media However the Centre for Digital Storytelling in California USA associates it with a 3-5 minute video produced by everyone who is not a media professional and they believe that everyone has many stories to tell People see hear and perceive the world in different ways and this means that the forms and approaches they take to telling stories are also very different

There are all kinds of stories in our lives that can be developed into multimedia pieces

As to the content the stories deal with it is possible to categorize them into the following three major groups

Personal narratives Stories that contain accounts of signifi-cant incidents in onersquos life

Historical documentaries Stories that examine historical dramatic events that help us understand the past

Stories designed to inform or instruct the viewer on a par-ticular concept or practice

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 11

2221 Elements of a good storytellingThese are perhaps the most popular type of digital story There the author tells hisher personal experience revolving around significant events in their life they can be emotionally charged and personally meaningful If you feel strongly about a certain event or person in your life you will likely write a powerful script These stories are made personal if narrated with your own voice and they reveal personal discoveries and tell something personal about the author The story (the meaning) is expressed through the narrative and supported visually by the images

Here are some possible themes for a personal story

CharacterRelationship Explore how we love who we are in-spired by what our relationships mean to us We can reveal how we met our partner what it was like when the baby was born or what our relationship is with our parents grandpar-ents brothers sisters We want to compare other peoplersquos experiences in these fundamental relationships to our own These are also stories that tend to have plenty of existing doc-umentation - eg family photoesvideos etc

Remembrance or memorial stories deal with memories of people who have played an important role in onersquos life and are no longer with us These stories are often difficult but are emo-tionally powerful and can help with the grieving process

Stories of challenge Show how we overcome great obsta-cles and challenges in our lives and achieve goals The stories can analyse and retrospect crucial moments in our lives tell

about the steps we have taken decissions we have made and to what solution we have come

Stories about a place Revolve around important places in our lives our homes our towns and our experiences that con-nect us to our communities You may have a story about your current home an ancestral home a town a park a mountain or forest you love a restaurant store or gathering place Your insights into place give us insight about your sense of values and connection to community

Stories of adventure a journey or travel Reflect and depict places we visit and adventures we have in our travels Strange-ly enough while almost everyone tells good travel stories it is often difficult to make an effective multimedia piece from these stories We rarely think about constructing a story with our pho-tographs or videos in advance of a trip And we do not want to take ourselves out of the most exhilarating moments by taking out a camera and recording Before your next trip think about creating a story outline based on an idea prior to your visit as well as what sort of images video or sounds would be useful to create the story

Stories about events in our lives Deal with significant oc-currences that we remember and want to share These can be stories about achieving a goal like graduating from school or being on the winning team in a sporting event These events are often documented so you might find it easy to construct a multimedia story

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 12

Stories about what we do Allow us to talk about our jobs pro-fessions and careers when we show what we value and what is meaninful For many people a life story is shaped by their job People also refer to their hobbies or social commitments when thinking about who they are A good story often comes from looking at the familiar in a new way and with a new meaning

2222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsMany personal narratives can include historical information to add context to the story but digital story can be created from historical material that has been collected and now used to rec-oncider and analyse the events from history and add depth and meaning to these events People may use historical photographs newspaper headlines speeches and other available materials to create a story

Eg Audio recordings of statesmenrsquos or other prominent peoplersquos speeches and photographs of the events can be used as the ba-sis of digital stories that explore famous events in history

2223 Stories that Inform or InstructThese stories reveal the process of learning when we as detec-tives illustrate how we uncovered the facts to get at a truth wheth-er it is in fixing a broken bicycle or developing a new product This type of digital story is used to convey instructional material in many different areas You can use this type of digital story to

present information on subjects ranging from maths and science to art technology etc They can instruct what can be done to im-prove your skills or how to better use some gadget

And of course stories can be created using combinations of these three methods such as autobiographical stories that use historical material as the background of a personal narrative

Life is full of stories but you have to capture these moments and use as movies so go for it

Digital storytelling takes many forms There are stories that are audio only and rely on words sound effects field recordings and music Hypertext environments facilitate the interactive story in which the bdquoreaderrdquo chooses optional paths to explore Web-based media facilitate not only stories with words but also movies stills sounds and graphics

One form of digital story is the micromovie A micromovie is usu-ally a very short exposition lasting from a few seconds to no more than 5 minutes in length It allows the teller to combine personal writing photographic images or video footage narrative sound effects and music Many people regardless of skill level are able to tell their stories through image and sound and share those sto-ries with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 13

Interview and report23

231 InterviewData and information can be collected in a number of ways field visits to sites collection of audio clips video footage photo-graphs intervieews or self-interviews document study etc

There is no shortage of information today - television radio news-papers journals books posters the Internet and even what we hear in meetings and on the street Sometimes we donrsquot particu-larly want it all but it keeps on flowing

Remember that while creating a digital story you will need infor-mation as source you will search select evaluate and organ-ise information A digital story always carries authorrsquos personal attitude and point of view so we will also create information as product the restructured and modelled information and the de-velopment of own ideas

The word interview has originated from Latin - the prefix interndash meaning bdquobetweenrdquo bdquoamongrdquo bdquomutuallyrdquo bdquotogetherrdquo and to view ndashmeaning bdquoto seerdquo

Interview is a conversation in which one person (the interviewer) elicits information from another person (the subject or interviewee)

2311 Tips for interviewingThere are three main types of interviews

Structured Interview Structured interviews follow a fixed order of questions have fixed response choices and have fixed num-ber of questions Here the interviewer has decided in advance what questions heshe is going to ask in what order the ques-tions will be asked the information to be collected Sometimes it is also called guided interview or respondentrsquos interview and the interviewer directs and controls the interview and the interviewee answers specific questions

Semi-structured These are slightly informal questions can be changed to fit the specific context and follow-up questions add-ed based on the intervieweersquos response These interviews are more conversational and the response options are not fixed

Unstructured interviews These interviews are not planned in detail Hence it is also called as non-Directed interview The questions to be asked the information to be collected etc are not decided in advance These interviews are non-planned and therefore more flexible Interviewees are more relaxed in such interviews They are encouraged to express themselves about different subjects based on their expectations motivations background interests etc Here the interviewer can make a bet-ter judgement of the candidatersquos personality potentials opinion However if the interviewer is not efficient then the discussions will lose direction and the interview will be a waste of time and effort Also called informal or in-depth interviews these are open-ended

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

AUGUST 2014

AUTHORAuthors Skaidrite Bukbatilderde Žarko Čižmar Antra Skinča Ivan StojilovićPartners Telecentre Europe DemNet Fundatia EOS - Educating for An Open Society IAN Telecentar LIKTA Langas ateit Fundacioacuten EsplaiCoordination of the content development Alba Agulloacute

GRAPHIC DESIGN AND DESIGNFundacioacuten Esplai (wwwfundacionesplaiorg) amp Niugragravefic (wwwniugraficcom)

UNDER CREATIvE COmmONSAttribution - NonCommercial - CompartieIgual (by-nc-sa)

TO ObTAIN PERmISSION bEYOND THIS LICENSE CONTACThttptmatelecentre-europeorgcontacts

ACCESS TO mULTImEDIA TOOLkIThttptmatelecentre-europeorgtoolkit

LEGAL NOTICEThis project has been funded with support from the European Commission This publication reflects the views only of the author and the Commission cannot be held responsible for any use which may be made of the information contained therein

Index2 DIGITAL

STORYTELLING MODULE

21 Introduction to Digital Storytelling P4

211 What is digital storytelling

212 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy

22 Storytelling techniques P8 21 Elements of a good storytelling

22 Types of Digital stories

23 Interview and report P13

31 Interview

24 Media news P17 41 Steps of digital storytelling

25 Activities P25

26 Bibliography P27

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 4

Introduction to Digital Storytelling 21

With the development of new media tools it is becoming more popular to create a 3-5 minute video telling either a personal sto-ry-about onersquos life events family celebrations travel adventures professional carer or create an imaginary story or develop such videos for educational or professional purposes eg a video re-sume

This module will introduce you to the method when with the use of new digital tools everyone can tell their own lsquotrue storiesrsquo in a compelling and emotionally engaging form The module will an-alyse what elements oral written and digital storytelling have in common what skills you need to create a digital story and what role these skills play in developing media literacy - one of the key elements for 21st century learning

The module will deal with the development of storytelling skills-start-ing with getting to the idea analysing what themes can make the basis of a story and what elements you should concider in order to create emotionally charged and a powerful digital story

There are several steps in the process of creation a digital sto-ry-the first steps are connected with the creation of the idea gath-ering and organising the information In this process graphic or-ganisers might be helpful as they in a visual way help to organize information convert a lot of seemingly disjointed pieces into a

structured simple-to-read visual representation When the story map is prepared the next step is to write the script that will be recorded If you want to make your story digital then before the actual technical implementation starts the author should ldquoseerdquo the story already finished that means it should be decided what media-sound video still photos graphics and interactivity is nec-essary This process of organizing media and text in a coherent ways is called story boarding

The module will show some practical methods how to easily cre-ate a story map and a story board

211 What is digital storytelling

Tell me a fact and Irsquoll learn Tell me a truth and Irsquoll believe Tell me a story and it will live in my heart forever (Indian Proverb)

From ancient times humans have been telling stories that is conveying events in words and images We tell and listen to stories every day-we meet friends and tell about ourselves the things that have happened or describe how things were done Sometimes we want to look into the future and imagine what it might be like Stories are told about personal life and used in the classroom for teaching purposes and to inform society about the events discoveries inventions good practice and many more In our professional life we also use storytelling technique In some cases the process of documentation and sharing our experience

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 5

can be rather academic and therefore has no power to inspire the reader Certainly the facts and analytical aspect is essential but to make good practice memorable persuasive and powerful you have to add your personal touch or attitude

Storytelling is an ancient form of communication and an art that has been used as a tool for entertainment education to pass over cultural and moral values share knowledge and experi-ence and has been developing over time with each technologi-cal development It has been proved that communities originally communicated with body language and then progressed to oral communication after the development of hieroglyphics passed over to written communication With the advances in new media technology digital communication evolved

According to Leslie Rule from Digital Storytelling Association rdquoDigital Storytelling is the modern expression of the ancient art of storytelling Digital stories derive their power by weaving images music narrative and voice together thereby giving deep dimen-sion and vivid color to characters situations experiences and insights httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Oral storytelling has given rise to digital storytelling The very basis is formed by the art of storytelling but adding new afforda-ble multimedia tools and techniques makes the storytelling go digital In digital storytelling the following elements text image sound voice and moving images can be combined in a coherent story and each of them plays a unique role adding power to the medium

If we look at digital storytelling in a wider perspective then the term can be referred to a variety of emergent new forms of digi-tal narratives eg text based stories blogs web-based stories interactive stories hypertexts narrative computer games audio and video podcasts etc Digital stories might include only some elements like text images aidio material Not always digital sto-ries should include audio or video to be effective powerful or memorable there can be image only story utilizing the power of visual images to tell stories

There are many various definitions of ldquodigital storytellingrdquo but a common trait for all of them is the idea of combining the ancient art of telling stories with any of a variety of available multimedia tools including graphics audio video animation and Web pub-lishing

If some time ago stories and films were created by profession-als nowadays people of all ages and experience using their life stories or imagination can create stories using computers digi-tal cameras recorders and software-that has become possible with the arrival of accessible media production techniques This new form of storytelling has emerged and it allows individuals to share their stories over the Internet on discs podcasts or other electronic distribution systems The beauty of this form of digital expression is that these stories can be created by people everywhere on any subject and shared electronically all over the world

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 6

Joe Lambert co-founder of the Center for Digital Story Telling defines that Digital storytelling in the not too distant future shar-ing onersquos story through multiple medium of imagery text voice sound music video and animation will be the principal hobby of the worldrsquos peoplerdquo httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

211 What is digital storytelling Although nowadays people are fascinated by creating digital sto-ries and it might seem fun and an easy job still making a power-ful story requires fundamental intellectual skills

In order to make a digital story that is extremely effective and emotionally powerful you have to acquire a large variety of skills the skills you need for a traditional story - oral and written story-telling skills as well as digital and art skills communication skills and critical thinking skills

Digital story is a comination of oral presentation and media but at the basis of it is a story that involves imagining or remember-ing scenes then describing them to your listeners in a vivid way While preparing a story you have to think about the plot - how to link the characters with the setting and the events and how they will interact and accomplish each other it develops the skills of sequencing constructing a logical and persuasive arguments

If written language relies chiefly on words then passing your sto-ry to someone you describe scenes using oral language (spo-ken language) which differs from its close relative written lan-guage Oral language has its own operating principles strengths

and limitations and many communicative elements in addition to words can be used eg Tone of voice Facial expression Gestures Body language Expression of eyes Orientation in space (facing toward or away from listeners) and more

Furthermore many of the communicative elements of oral lan-guage such as tone of voice are powerful enough to completely overpower words

In the process of digital story production video plans and scripts are written where writing and conventional forms of literacy are involved

There are three key areas that are crutially important while writing a story Use of language Identification of audience Formulating a point of view

The use of language for writing includes vocabulary and the or-ganization of story The audience is whom the writer is address-ing and it is crucial to understand what is your purpose Writing revising and editing scripts for digital stories help to organize the story Digital stories is a synergy of creative writing and personal reflection with clarity and organization In the case of academic

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 7

educational digital stories writing is used to plan script and cre-ate a story that demonstrates content area understandingThe key questions to ask yourself to check the structure and con-tent of the story Is it focused Is it logical Is the thinking clear and concise Is it easy for the reader to understand

A written story becomes more fascinating with the use of visual images that have become a predominant form of communication delivered across a wide range of media and formats Visual lit-eracy can be defined as ability to construct meaning from visual images Visual literacy is about interpreting images of the present and past and producing images that effectively communicate the message to the audience When creating a digital story you have to interpret create visuals select images to convey a range of meanings Digital stories are essentially multimedia art projects shaped by story No matter what technologies await us in the fu-ture we will try to tell stories with them and to do so we will need to understand design

With the present day development of technologies there are var-ious tools for producing excellent digital stories Skills needed to produce a digital story include the ability to search collect and process information and use it in a critical and systematic way assessing relevance and distinguishing the real from the virtual while recognising the links You should have skills to use tools to produce present and understand complex information and the ability to access search and use internet-based services Use of ICT requires a critical and reflective attitude towards available in-

formation and a responsible use of the interactive media Becom-ing proficient in digital skills is fundamental to studentrsquos success in 21 st century

Digital storytelling like traditional storytelling is an exercise in communication and a creative process that requires participants to visualize and use their imagination

Communication plays an important role in the preparation of a digital story You have to discuss the ideas analyse criticise present information and show your unique point of view - it is done through discussion with groupmates or colleagues When publishing your digital story either on school portal or a website you make it public and become a member of a larger community with voice and a sense of responsibility to others and always try to make positive contributions to the digital culture

On the other hand to communicate and express your idea effec-tively and clearly you need very practical skills - how to use the available tools adequately use of correct language and convid-er all other aspects that take the context into account to achieve an effective communication

While creating digital stories it is essential to see and realise the persuasive power of technology and media - how media makers use technique to influence our way of thinking and our emotions and feelings As media is so powerful we need to be especially aware of its power to persuade and be in control of this important aspect of our own lives

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 8

21st century will require ability to apply criteria for responsible use of ICT acknowledging potential risks as well as the use of rules of behaviour that promote an adequate social exchange on the web Critical thinking responsibility and decision making are skills that are related to this

Media literacy education teaches people to access analyze evaluate and produce media A media literate person can think critically about what they see hear and read in books newspa-pers magazines television radio movies music advertising video games the Internet and new emerging technology It also includes learning how to create messages using print audio vid-eo and multimedia

Storytelling techniques22

221 Elements of a good storytellingToday when we live in the digital age how do you tell a story that stands out captures peoplersquos attention and gets them engaged As a digital story is a combination of the art of telling stories and the creative potential of digital tools where digital images and graphics text recorded narration by the author video transi-tions and music are combined to construct personal tales on a specific topic both parts are extremely important - only the right balance between an exciting story and meaningful use of digital tools can result in a powerful presentation

There are endless approaches to crafting and constructing stories depending on purpose and audience but there are some funda-mental elements that should be observed during the writing and planning phase when scripts are drafted and revised and story-boards designed During this stage the storyteller decides what the story will say and how the story will look during this stage Once the script and accompanying storyboard are completed the con-struction of the story can start using various tools The construc-tion of a digital story is not a simple process that follows a recipe or a prescribed formula Deciding how the various elements will form the structure of each individual story and determining the balance between these elements can take a lot of thought and effort

There are several issues to concider for creating efective and powerful stories

A digital story likewise traditional story has its structure a beginning middle and end

The beginning should captivate the viewer It can be achieved by asking a question providing dilemma or controversal state-ment It should compel the viewers to continue watching and make them want to see how the problem is solved

The middle usually describes the course of events What happened How was the dilemmaproblem solved

The end of a story reveals a conclusionsollution How did the situation turn out The end of your story should also reveal your meaning or point

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 9

Stories are not a mere presentation of facts Stories are told to convey some message It is important to define the key message or the main point you are going to convey to the au-dience Consider the audience and direct the story to this par-ticular audience

A good digital story begins as a good story telling person-al experience One of the most unique features of this specific digital storytelling style is the expectation that each story ex-presses a personal meaning or insight about how a particular event or situation touches you your community or humanity Digital stories are advised to be constructed from personrsquos own experience and understanding and reveal the writerrsquos or storytellerrsquos personal expression Using the first-person pro-noun bdquoIrdquo rather than the more distant third-person point of view is essential The digital story reveals the writer as opposed to offering facts about a distanced topic

A good story creates intrigue or tension around a situation that is revealed in the beginning of the story and resolved at the end sometimes with an unexpected twist The tension of an unresolved or curious situation engages and holds the viewer until reaching a memorable end

The most effective digital stories evoke an emotion from the audience Emotional content can help to hold the audi-encersquos attention The different elements (eg images effects music and tone of voice) all can contribute to adding emotion to a story cauising laughter tears and expressions of pleasure or other emotions

A good story should tell the message in a concise way An effective digital story might use only a few images a few words and even fewer special effects to communicate intend-ed meaning clearly and powerfully It is not necessary to in-clude every tiny detail of the story the audience will fill in the blanks from suggestions made by sights and sounds The art of shortening a story lies in preserving the essence of the tale - using the fewest words along with images and sound to make your point Economy is the most difficult element for both nov-ices and experienced writers to attain Setting limits to a digi-atl story helps to make the construction process manageable and it also makes it possible for an audience to view the stories in a short period of time To achieve conciseness makes the author focus the story deciding what is essential and what can be omitted A compact fast moving digital story will con-tain only those elements necessary to move the audience from beginning to end

The rhytm of the story is what keeps the audiencersquos atten-tion and interest Be careful not to make the story bdquomonoto-nousrdquo that can be a synonym with bdquoboringrdquo because an un-varied pace will not hold the audiencersquos attention There is an important interaction between economy and pacing Novice storytellers often attempt to manage the script into a two-min-ute digital story by reading it as rapidly as they can This is achieved at the expense of pacing because this approach does not allow them to pause or vary the pace It is important to confront these decisions during the script revision process in order to allow a natural pace and varied flow when the digi-tal story is constructed Changing the pace at different points

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 10

can facilitate moving the audience from one emotion to anoth-er Music tempo speech rate image duration panning and zooming speed all work to establish pace Generally pace is consistent throughout a story but once in a while it will pause accelerate decelerate or stop

As the digital stories reveal personal emotions experience attitude the storytellerrsquos voice (the pitch inflection and tembre) is essential to convey meaning and intent in a very personal way This is one of the most essential elements that contribute to the effectiveness of a digital story There is no substitute for using your own voice to tell your story It is advisable to take time to learn and practice the script so that the speaker tells it in a conversational tone If the script is simply read from the print-out then the voice will not sound natural to the audience and they will be unsure how to respond

Unlike traditional oral or written stories in digital stories im-ages sound and music can be used to show a part of the context create setting give story information and provide emotional meaning not provided by words

A good story incorporates technology in artful ways demonstrating skillsof communication with the help of imag-es sound voice color white space animations design tran-sitions and special effects Ask yourself whether your media resources are decorating illustrating or illuminating Music is an important element of the professional cinema and can be

concidered as an essential element to make a powerful story Properly employed music can enhance and underscore the accompanying story adding complexity and depth to the nar-rative

222 Elements of a good storytellingIn general a digital storyrdquo is any narrative that is told using digital media However the Centre for Digital Storytelling in California USA associates it with a 3-5 minute video produced by everyone who is not a media professional and they believe that everyone has many stories to tell People see hear and perceive the world in different ways and this means that the forms and approaches they take to telling stories are also very different

There are all kinds of stories in our lives that can be developed into multimedia pieces

As to the content the stories deal with it is possible to categorize them into the following three major groups

Personal narratives Stories that contain accounts of signifi-cant incidents in onersquos life

Historical documentaries Stories that examine historical dramatic events that help us understand the past

Stories designed to inform or instruct the viewer on a par-ticular concept or practice

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 11

2221 Elements of a good storytellingThese are perhaps the most popular type of digital story There the author tells hisher personal experience revolving around significant events in their life they can be emotionally charged and personally meaningful If you feel strongly about a certain event or person in your life you will likely write a powerful script These stories are made personal if narrated with your own voice and they reveal personal discoveries and tell something personal about the author The story (the meaning) is expressed through the narrative and supported visually by the images

Here are some possible themes for a personal story

CharacterRelationship Explore how we love who we are in-spired by what our relationships mean to us We can reveal how we met our partner what it was like when the baby was born or what our relationship is with our parents grandpar-ents brothers sisters We want to compare other peoplersquos experiences in these fundamental relationships to our own These are also stories that tend to have plenty of existing doc-umentation - eg family photoesvideos etc

Remembrance or memorial stories deal with memories of people who have played an important role in onersquos life and are no longer with us These stories are often difficult but are emo-tionally powerful and can help with the grieving process

Stories of challenge Show how we overcome great obsta-cles and challenges in our lives and achieve goals The stories can analyse and retrospect crucial moments in our lives tell

about the steps we have taken decissions we have made and to what solution we have come

Stories about a place Revolve around important places in our lives our homes our towns and our experiences that con-nect us to our communities You may have a story about your current home an ancestral home a town a park a mountain or forest you love a restaurant store or gathering place Your insights into place give us insight about your sense of values and connection to community

Stories of adventure a journey or travel Reflect and depict places we visit and adventures we have in our travels Strange-ly enough while almost everyone tells good travel stories it is often difficult to make an effective multimedia piece from these stories We rarely think about constructing a story with our pho-tographs or videos in advance of a trip And we do not want to take ourselves out of the most exhilarating moments by taking out a camera and recording Before your next trip think about creating a story outline based on an idea prior to your visit as well as what sort of images video or sounds would be useful to create the story

Stories about events in our lives Deal with significant oc-currences that we remember and want to share These can be stories about achieving a goal like graduating from school or being on the winning team in a sporting event These events are often documented so you might find it easy to construct a multimedia story

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 12

Stories about what we do Allow us to talk about our jobs pro-fessions and careers when we show what we value and what is meaninful For many people a life story is shaped by their job People also refer to their hobbies or social commitments when thinking about who they are A good story often comes from looking at the familiar in a new way and with a new meaning

2222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsMany personal narratives can include historical information to add context to the story but digital story can be created from historical material that has been collected and now used to rec-oncider and analyse the events from history and add depth and meaning to these events People may use historical photographs newspaper headlines speeches and other available materials to create a story

Eg Audio recordings of statesmenrsquos or other prominent peoplersquos speeches and photographs of the events can be used as the ba-sis of digital stories that explore famous events in history

2223 Stories that Inform or InstructThese stories reveal the process of learning when we as detec-tives illustrate how we uncovered the facts to get at a truth wheth-er it is in fixing a broken bicycle or developing a new product This type of digital story is used to convey instructional material in many different areas You can use this type of digital story to

present information on subjects ranging from maths and science to art technology etc They can instruct what can be done to im-prove your skills or how to better use some gadget

And of course stories can be created using combinations of these three methods such as autobiographical stories that use historical material as the background of a personal narrative

Life is full of stories but you have to capture these moments and use as movies so go for it

Digital storytelling takes many forms There are stories that are audio only and rely on words sound effects field recordings and music Hypertext environments facilitate the interactive story in which the bdquoreaderrdquo chooses optional paths to explore Web-based media facilitate not only stories with words but also movies stills sounds and graphics

One form of digital story is the micromovie A micromovie is usu-ally a very short exposition lasting from a few seconds to no more than 5 minutes in length It allows the teller to combine personal writing photographic images or video footage narrative sound effects and music Many people regardless of skill level are able to tell their stories through image and sound and share those sto-ries with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 13

Interview and report23

231 InterviewData and information can be collected in a number of ways field visits to sites collection of audio clips video footage photo-graphs intervieews or self-interviews document study etc

There is no shortage of information today - television radio news-papers journals books posters the Internet and even what we hear in meetings and on the street Sometimes we donrsquot particu-larly want it all but it keeps on flowing

Remember that while creating a digital story you will need infor-mation as source you will search select evaluate and organ-ise information A digital story always carries authorrsquos personal attitude and point of view so we will also create information as product the restructured and modelled information and the de-velopment of own ideas

The word interview has originated from Latin - the prefix interndash meaning bdquobetweenrdquo bdquoamongrdquo bdquomutuallyrdquo bdquotogetherrdquo and to view ndashmeaning bdquoto seerdquo

Interview is a conversation in which one person (the interviewer) elicits information from another person (the subject or interviewee)

2311 Tips for interviewingThere are three main types of interviews

Structured Interview Structured interviews follow a fixed order of questions have fixed response choices and have fixed num-ber of questions Here the interviewer has decided in advance what questions heshe is going to ask in what order the ques-tions will be asked the information to be collected Sometimes it is also called guided interview or respondentrsquos interview and the interviewer directs and controls the interview and the interviewee answers specific questions

Semi-structured These are slightly informal questions can be changed to fit the specific context and follow-up questions add-ed based on the intervieweersquos response These interviews are more conversational and the response options are not fixed

Unstructured interviews These interviews are not planned in detail Hence it is also called as non-Directed interview The questions to be asked the information to be collected etc are not decided in advance These interviews are non-planned and therefore more flexible Interviewees are more relaxed in such interviews They are encouraged to express themselves about different subjects based on their expectations motivations background interests etc Here the interviewer can make a bet-ter judgement of the candidatersquos personality potentials opinion However if the interviewer is not efficient then the discussions will lose direction and the interview will be a waste of time and effort Also called informal or in-depth interviews these are open-ended

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

Index2 DIGITAL

STORYTELLING MODULE

21 Introduction to Digital Storytelling P4

211 What is digital storytelling

212 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy

22 Storytelling techniques P8 21 Elements of a good storytelling

22 Types of Digital stories

23 Interview and report P13

31 Interview

24 Media news P17 41 Steps of digital storytelling

25 Activities P25

26 Bibliography P27

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 4

Introduction to Digital Storytelling 21

With the development of new media tools it is becoming more popular to create a 3-5 minute video telling either a personal sto-ry-about onersquos life events family celebrations travel adventures professional carer or create an imaginary story or develop such videos for educational or professional purposes eg a video re-sume

This module will introduce you to the method when with the use of new digital tools everyone can tell their own lsquotrue storiesrsquo in a compelling and emotionally engaging form The module will an-alyse what elements oral written and digital storytelling have in common what skills you need to create a digital story and what role these skills play in developing media literacy - one of the key elements for 21st century learning

The module will deal with the development of storytelling skills-start-ing with getting to the idea analysing what themes can make the basis of a story and what elements you should concider in order to create emotionally charged and a powerful digital story

There are several steps in the process of creation a digital sto-ry-the first steps are connected with the creation of the idea gath-ering and organising the information In this process graphic or-ganisers might be helpful as they in a visual way help to organize information convert a lot of seemingly disjointed pieces into a

structured simple-to-read visual representation When the story map is prepared the next step is to write the script that will be recorded If you want to make your story digital then before the actual technical implementation starts the author should ldquoseerdquo the story already finished that means it should be decided what media-sound video still photos graphics and interactivity is nec-essary This process of organizing media and text in a coherent ways is called story boarding

The module will show some practical methods how to easily cre-ate a story map and a story board

211 What is digital storytelling

Tell me a fact and Irsquoll learn Tell me a truth and Irsquoll believe Tell me a story and it will live in my heart forever (Indian Proverb)

From ancient times humans have been telling stories that is conveying events in words and images We tell and listen to stories every day-we meet friends and tell about ourselves the things that have happened or describe how things were done Sometimes we want to look into the future and imagine what it might be like Stories are told about personal life and used in the classroom for teaching purposes and to inform society about the events discoveries inventions good practice and many more In our professional life we also use storytelling technique In some cases the process of documentation and sharing our experience

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 5

can be rather academic and therefore has no power to inspire the reader Certainly the facts and analytical aspect is essential but to make good practice memorable persuasive and powerful you have to add your personal touch or attitude

Storytelling is an ancient form of communication and an art that has been used as a tool for entertainment education to pass over cultural and moral values share knowledge and experi-ence and has been developing over time with each technologi-cal development It has been proved that communities originally communicated with body language and then progressed to oral communication after the development of hieroglyphics passed over to written communication With the advances in new media technology digital communication evolved

According to Leslie Rule from Digital Storytelling Association rdquoDigital Storytelling is the modern expression of the ancient art of storytelling Digital stories derive their power by weaving images music narrative and voice together thereby giving deep dimen-sion and vivid color to characters situations experiences and insights httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Oral storytelling has given rise to digital storytelling The very basis is formed by the art of storytelling but adding new afforda-ble multimedia tools and techniques makes the storytelling go digital In digital storytelling the following elements text image sound voice and moving images can be combined in a coherent story and each of them plays a unique role adding power to the medium

If we look at digital storytelling in a wider perspective then the term can be referred to a variety of emergent new forms of digi-tal narratives eg text based stories blogs web-based stories interactive stories hypertexts narrative computer games audio and video podcasts etc Digital stories might include only some elements like text images aidio material Not always digital sto-ries should include audio or video to be effective powerful or memorable there can be image only story utilizing the power of visual images to tell stories

There are many various definitions of ldquodigital storytellingrdquo but a common trait for all of them is the idea of combining the ancient art of telling stories with any of a variety of available multimedia tools including graphics audio video animation and Web pub-lishing

If some time ago stories and films were created by profession-als nowadays people of all ages and experience using their life stories or imagination can create stories using computers digi-tal cameras recorders and software-that has become possible with the arrival of accessible media production techniques This new form of storytelling has emerged and it allows individuals to share their stories over the Internet on discs podcasts or other electronic distribution systems The beauty of this form of digital expression is that these stories can be created by people everywhere on any subject and shared electronically all over the world

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 6

Joe Lambert co-founder of the Center for Digital Story Telling defines that Digital storytelling in the not too distant future shar-ing onersquos story through multiple medium of imagery text voice sound music video and animation will be the principal hobby of the worldrsquos peoplerdquo httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

211 What is digital storytelling Although nowadays people are fascinated by creating digital sto-ries and it might seem fun and an easy job still making a power-ful story requires fundamental intellectual skills

In order to make a digital story that is extremely effective and emotionally powerful you have to acquire a large variety of skills the skills you need for a traditional story - oral and written story-telling skills as well as digital and art skills communication skills and critical thinking skills

Digital story is a comination of oral presentation and media but at the basis of it is a story that involves imagining or remember-ing scenes then describing them to your listeners in a vivid way While preparing a story you have to think about the plot - how to link the characters with the setting and the events and how they will interact and accomplish each other it develops the skills of sequencing constructing a logical and persuasive arguments

If written language relies chiefly on words then passing your sto-ry to someone you describe scenes using oral language (spo-ken language) which differs from its close relative written lan-guage Oral language has its own operating principles strengths

and limitations and many communicative elements in addition to words can be used eg Tone of voice Facial expression Gestures Body language Expression of eyes Orientation in space (facing toward or away from listeners) and more

Furthermore many of the communicative elements of oral lan-guage such as tone of voice are powerful enough to completely overpower words

In the process of digital story production video plans and scripts are written where writing and conventional forms of literacy are involved

There are three key areas that are crutially important while writing a story Use of language Identification of audience Formulating a point of view

The use of language for writing includes vocabulary and the or-ganization of story The audience is whom the writer is address-ing and it is crucial to understand what is your purpose Writing revising and editing scripts for digital stories help to organize the story Digital stories is a synergy of creative writing and personal reflection with clarity and organization In the case of academic

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 7

educational digital stories writing is used to plan script and cre-ate a story that demonstrates content area understandingThe key questions to ask yourself to check the structure and con-tent of the story Is it focused Is it logical Is the thinking clear and concise Is it easy for the reader to understand

A written story becomes more fascinating with the use of visual images that have become a predominant form of communication delivered across a wide range of media and formats Visual lit-eracy can be defined as ability to construct meaning from visual images Visual literacy is about interpreting images of the present and past and producing images that effectively communicate the message to the audience When creating a digital story you have to interpret create visuals select images to convey a range of meanings Digital stories are essentially multimedia art projects shaped by story No matter what technologies await us in the fu-ture we will try to tell stories with them and to do so we will need to understand design

With the present day development of technologies there are var-ious tools for producing excellent digital stories Skills needed to produce a digital story include the ability to search collect and process information and use it in a critical and systematic way assessing relevance and distinguishing the real from the virtual while recognising the links You should have skills to use tools to produce present and understand complex information and the ability to access search and use internet-based services Use of ICT requires a critical and reflective attitude towards available in-

formation and a responsible use of the interactive media Becom-ing proficient in digital skills is fundamental to studentrsquos success in 21 st century

Digital storytelling like traditional storytelling is an exercise in communication and a creative process that requires participants to visualize and use their imagination

Communication plays an important role in the preparation of a digital story You have to discuss the ideas analyse criticise present information and show your unique point of view - it is done through discussion with groupmates or colleagues When publishing your digital story either on school portal or a website you make it public and become a member of a larger community with voice and a sense of responsibility to others and always try to make positive contributions to the digital culture

On the other hand to communicate and express your idea effec-tively and clearly you need very practical skills - how to use the available tools adequately use of correct language and convid-er all other aspects that take the context into account to achieve an effective communication

While creating digital stories it is essential to see and realise the persuasive power of technology and media - how media makers use technique to influence our way of thinking and our emotions and feelings As media is so powerful we need to be especially aware of its power to persuade and be in control of this important aspect of our own lives

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 8

21st century will require ability to apply criteria for responsible use of ICT acknowledging potential risks as well as the use of rules of behaviour that promote an adequate social exchange on the web Critical thinking responsibility and decision making are skills that are related to this

Media literacy education teaches people to access analyze evaluate and produce media A media literate person can think critically about what they see hear and read in books newspa-pers magazines television radio movies music advertising video games the Internet and new emerging technology It also includes learning how to create messages using print audio vid-eo and multimedia

Storytelling techniques22

221 Elements of a good storytellingToday when we live in the digital age how do you tell a story that stands out captures peoplersquos attention and gets them engaged As a digital story is a combination of the art of telling stories and the creative potential of digital tools where digital images and graphics text recorded narration by the author video transi-tions and music are combined to construct personal tales on a specific topic both parts are extremely important - only the right balance between an exciting story and meaningful use of digital tools can result in a powerful presentation

There are endless approaches to crafting and constructing stories depending on purpose and audience but there are some funda-mental elements that should be observed during the writing and planning phase when scripts are drafted and revised and story-boards designed During this stage the storyteller decides what the story will say and how the story will look during this stage Once the script and accompanying storyboard are completed the con-struction of the story can start using various tools The construc-tion of a digital story is not a simple process that follows a recipe or a prescribed formula Deciding how the various elements will form the structure of each individual story and determining the balance between these elements can take a lot of thought and effort

There are several issues to concider for creating efective and powerful stories

A digital story likewise traditional story has its structure a beginning middle and end

The beginning should captivate the viewer It can be achieved by asking a question providing dilemma or controversal state-ment It should compel the viewers to continue watching and make them want to see how the problem is solved

The middle usually describes the course of events What happened How was the dilemmaproblem solved

The end of a story reveals a conclusionsollution How did the situation turn out The end of your story should also reveal your meaning or point

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 9

Stories are not a mere presentation of facts Stories are told to convey some message It is important to define the key message or the main point you are going to convey to the au-dience Consider the audience and direct the story to this par-ticular audience

A good digital story begins as a good story telling person-al experience One of the most unique features of this specific digital storytelling style is the expectation that each story ex-presses a personal meaning or insight about how a particular event or situation touches you your community or humanity Digital stories are advised to be constructed from personrsquos own experience and understanding and reveal the writerrsquos or storytellerrsquos personal expression Using the first-person pro-noun bdquoIrdquo rather than the more distant third-person point of view is essential The digital story reveals the writer as opposed to offering facts about a distanced topic

A good story creates intrigue or tension around a situation that is revealed in the beginning of the story and resolved at the end sometimes with an unexpected twist The tension of an unresolved or curious situation engages and holds the viewer until reaching a memorable end

The most effective digital stories evoke an emotion from the audience Emotional content can help to hold the audi-encersquos attention The different elements (eg images effects music and tone of voice) all can contribute to adding emotion to a story cauising laughter tears and expressions of pleasure or other emotions

A good story should tell the message in a concise way An effective digital story might use only a few images a few words and even fewer special effects to communicate intend-ed meaning clearly and powerfully It is not necessary to in-clude every tiny detail of the story the audience will fill in the blanks from suggestions made by sights and sounds The art of shortening a story lies in preserving the essence of the tale - using the fewest words along with images and sound to make your point Economy is the most difficult element for both nov-ices and experienced writers to attain Setting limits to a digi-atl story helps to make the construction process manageable and it also makes it possible for an audience to view the stories in a short period of time To achieve conciseness makes the author focus the story deciding what is essential and what can be omitted A compact fast moving digital story will con-tain only those elements necessary to move the audience from beginning to end

The rhytm of the story is what keeps the audiencersquos atten-tion and interest Be careful not to make the story bdquomonoto-nousrdquo that can be a synonym with bdquoboringrdquo because an un-varied pace will not hold the audiencersquos attention There is an important interaction between economy and pacing Novice storytellers often attempt to manage the script into a two-min-ute digital story by reading it as rapidly as they can This is achieved at the expense of pacing because this approach does not allow them to pause or vary the pace It is important to confront these decisions during the script revision process in order to allow a natural pace and varied flow when the digi-tal story is constructed Changing the pace at different points

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 10

can facilitate moving the audience from one emotion to anoth-er Music tempo speech rate image duration panning and zooming speed all work to establish pace Generally pace is consistent throughout a story but once in a while it will pause accelerate decelerate or stop

As the digital stories reveal personal emotions experience attitude the storytellerrsquos voice (the pitch inflection and tembre) is essential to convey meaning and intent in a very personal way This is one of the most essential elements that contribute to the effectiveness of a digital story There is no substitute for using your own voice to tell your story It is advisable to take time to learn and practice the script so that the speaker tells it in a conversational tone If the script is simply read from the print-out then the voice will not sound natural to the audience and they will be unsure how to respond

Unlike traditional oral or written stories in digital stories im-ages sound and music can be used to show a part of the context create setting give story information and provide emotional meaning not provided by words

A good story incorporates technology in artful ways demonstrating skillsof communication with the help of imag-es sound voice color white space animations design tran-sitions and special effects Ask yourself whether your media resources are decorating illustrating or illuminating Music is an important element of the professional cinema and can be

concidered as an essential element to make a powerful story Properly employed music can enhance and underscore the accompanying story adding complexity and depth to the nar-rative

222 Elements of a good storytellingIn general a digital storyrdquo is any narrative that is told using digital media However the Centre for Digital Storytelling in California USA associates it with a 3-5 minute video produced by everyone who is not a media professional and they believe that everyone has many stories to tell People see hear and perceive the world in different ways and this means that the forms and approaches they take to telling stories are also very different

There are all kinds of stories in our lives that can be developed into multimedia pieces

As to the content the stories deal with it is possible to categorize them into the following three major groups

Personal narratives Stories that contain accounts of signifi-cant incidents in onersquos life

Historical documentaries Stories that examine historical dramatic events that help us understand the past

Stories designed to inform or instruct the viewer on a par-ticular concept or practice

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 11

2221 Elements of a good storytellingThese are perhaps the most popular type of digital story There the author tells hisher personal experience revolving around significant events in their life they can be emotionally charged and personally meaningful If you feel strongly about a certain event or person in your life you will likely write a powerful script These stories are made personal if narrated with your own voice and they reveal personal discoveries and tell something personal about the author The story (the meaning) is expressed through the narrative and supported visually by the images

Here are some possible themes for a personal story

CharacterRelationship Explore how we love who we are in-spired by what our relationships mean to us We can reveal how we met our partner what it was like when the baby was born or what our relationship is with our parents grandpar-ents brothers sisters We want to compare other peoplersquos experiences in these fundamental relationships to our own These are also stories that tend to have plenty of existing doc-umentation - eg family photoesvideos etc

Remembrance or memorial stories deal with memories of people who have played an important role in onersquos life and are no longer with us These stories are often difficult but are emo-tionally powerful and can help with the grieving process

Stories of challenge Show how we overcome great obsta-cles and challenges in our lives and achieve goals The stories can analyse and retrospect crucial moments in our lives tell

about the steps we have taken decissions we have made and to what solution we have come

Stories about a place Revolve around important places in our lives our homes our towns and our experiences that con-nect us to our communities You may have a story about your current home an ancestral home a town a park a mountain or forest you love a restaurant store or gathering place Your insights into place give us insight about your sense of values and connection to community

Stories of adventure a journey or travel Reflect and depict places we visit and adventures we have in our travels Strange-ly enough while almost everyone tells good travel stories it is often difficult to make an effective multimedia piece from these stories We rarely think about constructing a story with our pho-tographs or videos in advance of a trip And we do not want to take ourselves out of the most exhilarating moments by taking out a camera and recording Before your next trip think about creating a story outline based on an idea prior to your visit as well as what sort of images video or sounds would be useful to create the story

Stories about events in our lives Deal with significant oc-currences that we remember and want to share These can be stories about achieving a goal like graduating from school or being on the winning team in a sporting event These events are often documented so you might find it easy to construct a multimedia story

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 12

Stories about what we do Allow us to talk about our jobs pro-fessions and careers when we show what we value and what is meaninful For many people a life story is shaped by their job People also refer to their hobbies or social commitments when thinking about who they are A good story often comes from looking at the familiar in a new way and with a new meaning

2222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsMany personal narratives can include historical information to add context to the story but digital story can be created from historical material that has been collected and now used to rec-oncider and analyse the events from history and add depth and meaning to these events People may use historical photographs newspaper headlines speeches and other available materials to create a story

Eg Audio recordings of statesmenrsquos or other prominent peoplersquos speeches and photographs of the events can be used as the ba-sis of digital stories that explore famous events in history

2223 Stories that Inform or InstructThese stories reveal the process of learning when we as detec-tives illustrate how we uncovered the facts to get at a truth wheth-er it is in fixing a broken bicycle or developing a new product This type of digital story is used to convey instructional material in many different areas You can use this type of digital story to

present information on subjects ranging from maths and science to art technology etc They can instruct what can be done to im-prove your skills or how to better use some gadget

And of course stories can be created using combinations of these three methods such as autobiographical stories that use historical material as the background of a personal narrative

Life is full of stories but you have to capture these moments and use as movies so go for it

Digital storytelling takes many forms There are stories that are audio only and rely on words sound effects field recordings and music Hypertext environments facilitate the interactive story in which the bdquoreaderrdquo chooses optional paths to explore Web-based media facilitate not only stories with words but also movies stills sounds and graphics

One form of digital story is the micromovie A micromovie is usu-ally a very short exposition lasting from a few seconds to no more than 5 minutes in length It allows the teller to combine personal writing photographic images or video footage narrative sound effects and music Many people regardless of skill level are able to tell their stories through image and sound and share those sto-ries with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 13

Interview and report23

231 InterviewData and information can be collected in a number of ways field visits to sites collection of audio clips video footage photo-graphs intervieews or self-interviews document study etc

There is no shortage of information today - television radio news-papers journals books posters the Internet and even what we hear in meetings and on the street Sometimes we donrsquot particu-larly want it all but it keeps on flowing

Remember that while creating a digital story you will need infor-mation as source you will search select evaluate and organ-ise information A digital story always carries authorrsquos personal attitude and point of view so we will also create information as product the restructured and modelled information and the de-velopment of own ideas

The word interview has originated from Latin - the prefix interndash meaning bdquobetweenrdquo bdquoamongrdquo bdquomutuallyrdquo bdquotogetherrdquo and to view ndashmeaning bdquoto seerdquo

Interview is a conversation in which one person (the interviewer) elicits information from another person (the subject or interviewee)

2311 Tips for interviewingThere are three main types of interviews

Structured Interview Structured interviews follow a fixed order of questions have fixed response choices and have fixed num-ber of questions Here the interviewer has decided in advance what questions heshe is going to ask in what order the ques-tions will be asked the information to be collected Sometimes it is also called guided interview or respondentrsquos interview and the interviewer directs and controls the interview and the interviewee answers specific questions

Semi-structured These are slightly informal questions can be changed to fit the specific context and follow-up questions add-ed based on the intervieweersquos response These interviews are more conversational and the response options are not fixed

Unstructured interviews These interviews are not planned in detail Hence it is also called as non-Directed interview The questions to be asked the information to be collected etc are not decided in advance These interviews are non-planned and therefore more flexible Interviewees are more relaxed in such interviews They are encouraged to express themselves about different subjects based on their expectations motivations background interests etc Here the interviewer can make a bet-ter judgement of the candidatersquos personality potentials opinion However if the interviewer is not efficient then the discussions will lose direction and the interview will be a waste of time and effort Also called informal or in-depth interviews these are open-ended

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 4

Introduction to Digital Storytelling 21

With the development of new media tools it is becoming more popular to create a 3-5 minute video telling either a personal sto-ry-about onersquos life events family celebrations travel adventures professional carer or create an imaginary story or develop such videos for educational or professional purposes eg a video re-sume

This module will introduce you to the method when with the use of new digital tools everyone can tell their own lsquotrue storiesrsquo in a compelling and emotionally engaging form The module will an-alyse what elements oral written and digital storytelling have in common what skills you need to create a digital story and what role these skills play in developing media literacy - one of the key elements for 21st century learning

The module will deal with the development of storytelling skills-start-ing with getting to the idea analysing what themes can make the basis of a story and what elements you should concider in order to create emotionally charged and a powerful digital story

There are several steps in the process of creation a digital sto-ry-the first steps are connected with the creation of the idea gath-ering and organising the information In this process graphic or-ganisers might be helpful as they in a visual way help to organize information convert a lot of seemingly disjointed pieces into a

structured simple-to-read visual representation When the story map is prepared the next step is to write the script that will be recorded If you want to make your story digital then before the actual technical implementation starts the author should ldquoseerdquo the story already finished that means it should be decided what media-sound video still photos graphics and interactivity is nec-essary This process of organizing media and text in a coherent ways is called story boarding

The module will show some practical methods how to easily cre-ate a story map and a story board

211 What is digital storytelling

Tell me a fact and Irsquoll learn Tell me a truth and Irsquoll believe Tell me a story and it will live in my heart forever (Indian Proverb)

From ancient times humans have been telling stories that is conveying events in words and images We tell and listen to stories every day-we meet friends and tell about ourselves the things that have happened or describe how things were done Sometimes we want to look into the future and imagine what it might be like Stories are told about personal life and used in the classroom for teaching purposes and to inform society about the events discoveries inventions good practice and many more In our professional life we also use storytelling technique In some cases the process of documentation and sharing our experience

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 5

can be rather academic and therefore has no power to inspire the reader Certainly the facts and analytical aspect is essential but to make good practice memorable persuasive and powerful you have to add your personal touch or attitude

Storytelling is an ancient form of communication and an art that has been used as a tool for entertainment education to pass over cultural and moral values share knowledge and experi-ence and has been developing over time with each technologi-cal development It has been proved that communities originally communicated with body language and then progressed to oral communication after the development of hieroglyphics passed over to written communication With the advances in new media technology digital communication evolved

According to Leslie Rule from Digital Storytelling Association rdquoDigital Storytelling is the modern expression of the ancient art of storytelling Digital stories derive their power by weaving images music narrative and voice together thereby giving deep dimen-sion and vivid color to characters situations experiences and insights httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Oral storytelling has given rise to digital storytelling The very basis is formed by the art of storytelling but adding new afforda-ble multimedia tools and techniques makes the storytelling go digital In digital storytelling the following elements text image sound voice and moving images can be combined in a coherent story and each of them plays a unique role adding power to the medium

If we look at digital storytelling in a wider perspective then the term can be referred to a variety of emergent new forms of digi-tal narratives eg text based stories blogs web-based stories interactive stories hypertexts narrative computer games audio and video podcasts etc Digital stories might include only some elements like text images aidio material Not always digital sto-ries should include audio or video to be effective powerful or memorable there can be image only story utilizing the power of visual images to tell stories

There are many various definitions of ldquodigital storytellingrdquo but a common trait for all of them is the idea of combining the ancient art of telling stories with any of a variety of available multimedia tools including graphics audio video animation and Web pub-lishing

If some time ago stories and films were created by profession-als nowadays people of all ages and experience using their life stories or imagination can create stories using computers digi-tal cameras recorders and software-that has become possible with the arrival of accessible media production techniques This new form of storytelling has emerged and it allows individuals to share their stories over the Internet on discs podcasts or other electronic distribution systems The beauty of this form of digital expression is that these stories can be created by people everywhere on any subject and shared electronically all over the world

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 6

Joe Lambert co-founder of the Center for Digital Story Telling defines that Digital storytelling in the not too distant future shar-ing onersquos story through multiple medium of imagery text voice sound music video and animation will be the principal hobby of the worldrsquos peoplerdquo httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

211 What is digital storytelling Although nowadays people are fascinated by creating digital sto-ries and it might seem fun and an easy job still making a power-ful story requires fundamental intellectual skills

In order to make a digital story that is extremely effective and emotionally powerful you have to acquire a large variety of skills the skills you need for a traditional story - oral and written story-telling skills as well as digital and art skills communication skills and critical thinking skills

Digital story is a comination of oral presentation and media but at the basis of it is a story that involves imagining or remember-ing scenes then describing them to your listeners in a vivid way While preparing a story you have to think about the plot - how to link the characters with the setting and the events and how they will interact and accomplish each other it develops the skills of sequencing constructing a logical and persuasive arguments

If written language relies chiefly on words then passing your sto-ry to someone you describe scenes using oral language (spo-ken language) which differs from its close relative written lan-guage Oral language has its own operating principles strengths

and limitations and many communicative elements in addition to words can be used eg Tone of voice Facial expression Gestures Body language Expression of eyes Orientation in space (facing toward or away from listeners) and more

Furthermore many of the communicative elements of oral lan-guage such as tone of voice are powerful enough to completely overpower words

In the process of digital story production video plans and scripts are written where writing and conventional forms of literacy are involved

There are three key areas that are crutially important while writing a story Use of language Identification of audience Formulating a point of view

The use of language for writing includes vocabulary and the or-ganization of story The audience is whom the writer is address-ing and it is crucial to understand what is your purpose Writing revising and editing scripts for digital stories help to organize the story Digital stories is a synergy of creative writing and personal reflection with clarity and organization In the case of academic

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 7

educational digital stories writing is used to plan script and cre-ate a story that demonstrates content area understandingThe key questions to ask yourself to check the structure and con-tent of the story Is it focused Is it logical Is the thinking clear and concise Is it easy for the reader to understand

A written story becomes more fascinating with the use of visual images that have become a predominant form of communication delivered across a wide range of media and formats Visual lit-eracy can be defined as ability to construct meaning from visual images Visual literacy is about interpreting images of the present and past and producing images that effectively communicate the message to the audience When creating a digital story you have to interpret create visuals select images to convey a range of meanings Digital stories are essentially multimedia art projects shaped by story No matter what technologies await us in the fu-ture we will try to tell stories with them and to do so we will need to understand design

With the present day development of technologies there are var-ious tools for producing excellent digital stories Skills needed to produce a digital story include the ability to search collect and process information and use it in a critical and systematic way assessing relevance and distinguishing the real from the virtual while recognising the links You should have skills to use tools to produce present and understand complex information and the ability to access search and use internet-based services Use of ICT requires a critical and reflective attitude towards available in-

formation and a responsible use of the interactive media Becom-ing proficient in digital skills is fundamental to studentrsquos success in 21 st century

Digital storytelling like traditional storytelling is an exercise in communication and a creative process that requires participants to visualize and use their imagination

Communication plays an important role in the preparation of a digital story You have to discuss the ideas analyse criticise present information and show your unique point of view - it is done through discussion with groupmates or colleagues When publishing your digital story either on school portal or a website you make it public and become a member of a larger community with voice and a sense of responsibility to others and always try to make positive contributions to the digital culture

On the other hand to communicate and express your idea effec-tively and clearly you need very practical skills - how to use the available tools adequately use of correct language and convid-er all other aspects that take the context into account to achieve an effective communication

While creating digital stories it is essential to see and realise the persuasive power of technology and media - how media makers use technique to influence our way of thinking and our emotions and feelings As media is so powerful we need to be especially aware of its power to persuade and be in control of this important aspect of our own lives

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 8

21st century will require ability to apply criteria for responsible use of ICT acknowledging potential risks as well as the use of rules of behaviour that promote an adequate social exchange on the web Critical thinking responsibility and decision making are skills that are related to this

Media literacy education teaches people to access analyze evaluate and produce media A media literate person can think critically about what they see hear and read in books newspa-pers magazines television radio movies music advertising video games the Internet and new emerging technology It also includes learning how to create messages using print audio vid-eo and multimedia

Storytelling techniques22

221 Elements of a good storytellingToday when we live in the digital age how do you tell a story that stands out captures peoplersquos attention and gets them engaged As a digital story is a combination of the art of telling stories and the creative potential of digital tools where digital images and graphics text recorded narration by the author video transi-tions and music are combined to construct personal tales on a specific topic both parts are extremely important - only the right balance between an exciting story and meaningful use of digital tools can result in a powerful presentation

There are endless approaches to crafting and constructing stories depending on purpose and audience but there are some funda-mental elements that should be observed during the writing and planning phase when scripts are drafted and revised and story-boards designed During this stage the storyteller decides what the story will say and how the story will look during this stage Once the script and accompanying storyboard are completed the con-struction of the story can start using various tools The construc-tion of a digital story is not a simple process that follows a recipe or a prescribed formula Deciding how the various elements will form the structure of each individual story and determining the balance between these elements can take a lot of thought and effort

There are several issues to concider for creating efective and powerful stories

A digital story likewise traditional story has its structure a beginning middle and end

The beginning should captivate the viewer It can be achieved by asking a question providing dilemma or controversal state-ment It should compel the viewers to continue watching and make them want to see how the problem is solved

The middle usually describes the course of events What happened How was the dilemmaproblem solved

The end of a story reveals a conclusionsollution How did the situation turn out The end of your story should also reveal your meaning or point

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 9

Stories are not a mere presentation of facts Stories are told to convey some message It is important to define the key message or the main point you are going to convey to the au-dience Consider the audience and direct the story to this par-ticular audience

A good digital story begins as a good story telling person-al experience One of the most unique features of this specific digital storytelling style is the expectation that each story ex-presses a personal meaning or insight about how a particular event or situation touches you your community or humanity Digital stories are advised to be constructed from personrsquos own experience and understanding and reveal the writerrsquos or storytellerrsquos personal expression Using the first-person pro-noun bdquoIrdquo rather than the more distant third-person point of view is essential The digital story reveals the writer as opposed to offering facts about a distanced topic

A good story creates intrigue or tension around a situation that is revealed in the beginning of the story and resolved at the end sometimes with an unexpected twist The tension of an unresolved or curious situation engages and holds the viewer until reaching a memorable end

The most effective digital stories evoke an emotion from the audience Emotional content can help to hold the audi-encersquos attention The different elements (eg images effects music and tone of voice) all can contribute to adding emotion to a story cauising laughter tears and expressions of pleasure or other emotions

A good story should tell the message in a concise way An effective digital story might use only a few images a few words and even fewer special effects to communicate intend-ed meaning clearly and powerfully It is not necessary to in-clude every tiny detail of the story the audience will fill in the blanks from suggestions made by sights and sounds The art of shortening a story lies in preserving the essence of the tale - using the fewest words along with images and sound to make your point Economy is the most difficult element for both nov-ices and experienced writers to attain Setting limits to a digi-atl story helps to make the construction process manageable and it also makes it possible for an audience to view the stories in a short period of time To achieve conciseness makes the author focus the story deciding what is essential and what can be omitted A compact fast moving digital story will con-tain only those elements necessary to move the audience from beginning to end

The rhytm of the story is what keeps the audiencersquos atten-tion and interest Be careful not to make the story bdquomonoto-nousrdquo that can be a synonym with bdquoboringrdquo because an un-varied pace will not hold the audiencersquos attention There is an important interaction between economy and pacing Novice storytellers often attempt to manage the script into a two-min-ute digital story by reading it as rapidly as they can This is achieved at the expense of pacing because this approach does not allow them to pause or vary the pace It is important to confront these decisions during the script revision process in order to allow a natural pace and varied flow when the digi-tal story is constructed Changing the pace at different points

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 10

can facilitate moving the audience from one emotion to anoth-er Music tempo speech rate image duration panning and zooming speed all work to establish pace Generally pace is consistent throughout a story but once in a while it will pause accelerate decelerate or stop

As the digital stories reveal personal emotions experience attitude the storytellerrsquos voice (the pitch inflection and tembre) is essential to convey meaning and intent in a very personal way This is one of the most essential elements that contribute to the effectiveness of a digital story There is no substitute for using your own voice to tell your story It is advisable to take time to learn and practice the script so that the speaker tells it in a conversational tone If the script is simply read from the print-out then the voice will not sound natural to the audience and they will be unsure how to respond

Unlike traditional oral or written stories in digital stories im-ages sound and music can be used to show a part of the context create setting give story information and provide emotional meaning not provided by words

A good story incorporates technology in artful ways demonstrating skillsof communication with the help of imag-es sound voice color white space animations design tran-sitions and special effects Ask yourself whether your media resources are decorating illustrating or illuminating Music is an important element of the professional cinema and can be

concidered as an essential element to make a powerful story Properly employed music can enhance and underscore the accompanying story adding complexity and depth to the nar-rative

222 Elements of a good storytellingIn general a digital storyrdquo is any narrative that is told using digital media However the Centre for Digital Storytelling in California USA associates it with a 3-5 minute video produced by everyone who is not a media professional and they believe that everyone has many stories to tell People see hear and perceive the world in different ways and this means that the forms and approaches they take to telling stories are also very different

There are all kinds of stories in our lives that can be developed into multimedia pieces

As to the content the stories deal with it is possible to categorize them into the following three major groups

Personal narratives Stories that contain accounts of signifi-cant incidents in onersquos life

Historical documentaries Stories that examine historical dramatic events that help us understand the past

Stories designed to inform or instruct the viewer on a par-ticular concept or practice

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 11

2221 Elements of a good storytellingThese are perhaps the most popular type of digital story There the author tells hisher personal experience revolving around significant events in their life they can be emotionally charged and personally meaningful If you feel strongly about a certain event or person in your life you will likely write a powerful script These stories are made personal if narrated with your own voice and they reveal personal discoveries and tell something personal about the author The story (the meaning) is expressed through the narrative and supported visually by the images

Here are some possible themes for a personal story

CharacterRelationship Explore how we love who we are in-spired by what our relationships mean to us We can reveal how we met our partner what it was like when the baby was born or what our relationship is with our parents grandpar-ents brothers sisters We want to compare other peoplersquos experiences in these fundamental relationships to our own These are also stories that tend to have plenty of existing doc-umentation - eg family photoesvideos etc

Remembrance or memorial stories deal with memories of people who have played an important role in onersquos life and are no longer with us These stories are often difficult but are emo-tionally powerful and can help with the grieving process

Stories of challenge Show how we overcome great obsta-cles and challenges in our lives and achieve goals The stories can analyse and retrospect crucial moments in our lives tell

about the steps we have taken decissions we have made and to what solution we have come

Stories about a place Revolve around important places in our lives our homes our towns and our experiences that con-nect us to our communities You may have a story about your current home an ancestral home a town a park a mountain or forest you love a restaurant store or gathering place Your insights into place give us insight about your sense of values and connection to community

Stories of adventure a journey or travel Reflect and depict places we visit and adventures we have in our travels Strange-ly enough while almost everyone tells good travel stories it is often difficult to make an effective multimedia piece from these stories We rarely think about constructing a story with our pho-tographs or videos in advance of a trip And we do not want to take ourselves out of the most exhilarating moments by taking out a camera and recording Before your next trip think about creating a story outline based on an idea prior to your visit as well as what sort of images video or sounds would be useful to create the story

Stories about events in our lives Deal with significant oc-currences that we remember and want to share These can be stories about achieving a goal like graduating from school or being on the winning team in a sporting event These events are often documented so you might find it easy to construct a multimedia story

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 12

Stories about what we do Allow us to talk about our jobs pro-fessions and careers when we show what we value and what is meaninful For many people a life story is shaped by their job People also refer to their hobbies or social commitments when thinking about who they are A good story often comes from looking at the familiar in a new way and with a new meaning

2222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsMany personal narratives can include historical information to add context to the story but digital story can be created from historical material that has been collected and now used to rec-oncider and analyse the events from history and add depth and meaning to these events People may use historical photographs newspaper headlines speeches and other available materials to create a story

Eg Audio recordings of statesmenrsquos or other prominent peoplersquos speeches and photographs of the events can be used as the ba-sis of digital stories that explore famous events in history

2223 Stories that Inform or InstructThese stories reveal the process of learning when we as detec-tives illustrate how we uncovered the facts to get at a truth wheth-er it is in fixing a broken bicycle or developing a new product This type of digital story is used to convey instructional material in many different areas You can use this type of digital story to

present information on subjects ranging from maths and science to art technology etc They can instruct what can be done to im-prove your skills or how to better use some gadget

And of course stories can be created using combinations of these three methods such as autobiographical stories that use historical material as the background of a personal narrative

Life is full of stories but you have to capture these moments and use as movies so go for it

Digital storytelling takes many forms There are stories that are audio only and rely on words sound effects field recordings and music Hypertext environments facilitate the interactive story in which the bdquoreaderrdquo chooses optional paths to explore Web-based media facilitate not only stories with words but also movies stills sounds and graphics

One form of digital story is the micromovie A micromovie is usu-ally a very short exposition lasting from a few seconds to no more than 5 minutes in length It allows the teller to combine personal writing photographic images or video footage narrative sound effects and music Many people regardless of skill level are able to tell their stories through image and sound and share those sto-ries with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 13

Interview and report23

231 InterviewData and information can be collected in a number of ways field visits to sites collection of audio clips video footage photo-graphs intervieews or self-interviews document study etc

There is no shortage of information today - television radio news-papers journals books posters the Internet and even what we hear in meetings and on the street Sometimes we donrsquot particu-larly want it all but it keeps on flowing

Remember that while creating a digital story you will need infor-mation as source you will search select evaluate and organ-ise information A digital story always carries authorrsquos personal attitude and point of view so we will also create information as product the restructured and modelled information and the de-velopment of own ideas

The word interview has originated from Latin - the prefix interndash meaning bdquobetweenrdquo bdquoamongrdquo bdquomutuallyrdquo bdquotogetherrdquo and to view ndashmeaning bdquoto seerdquo

Interview is a conversation in which one person (the interviewer) elicits information from another person (the subject or interviewee)

2311 Tips for interviewingThere are three main types of interviews

Structured Interview Structured interviews follow a fixed order of questions have fixed response choices and have fixed num-ber of questions Here the interviewer has decided in advance what questions heshe is going to ask in what order the ques-tions will be asked the information to be collected Sometimes it is also called guided interview or respondentrsquos interview and the interviewer directs and controls the interview and the interviewee answers specific questions

Semi-structured These are slightly informal questions can be changed to fit the specific context and follow-up questions add-ed based on the intervieweersquos response These interviews are more conversational and the response options are not fixed

Unstructured interviews These interviews are not planned in detail Hence it is also called as non-Directed interview The questions to be asked the information to be collected etc are not decided in advance These interviews are non-planned and therefore more flexible Interviewees are more relaxed in such interviews They are encouraged to express themselves about different subjects based on their expectations motivations background interests etc Here the interviewer can make a bet-ter judgement of the candidatersquos personality potentials opinion However if the interviewer is not efficient then the discussions will lose direction and the interview will be a waste of time and effort Also called informal or in-depth interviews these are open-ended

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 5

can be rather academic and therefore has no power to inspire the reader Certainly the facts and analytical aspect is essential but to make good practice memorable persuasive and powerful you have to add your personal touch or attitude

Storytelling is an ancient form of communication and an art that has been used as a tool for entertainment education to pass over cultural and moral values share knowledge and experi-ence and has been developing over time with each technologi-cal development It has been proved that communities originally communicated with body language and then progressed to oral communication after the development of hieroglyphics passed over to written communication With the advances in new media technology digital communication evolved

According to Leslie Rule from Digital Storytelling Association rdquoDigital Storytelling is the modern expression of the ancient art of storytelling Digital stories derive their power by weaving images music narrative and voice together thereby giving deep dimen-sion and vivid color to characters situations experiences and insights httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Oral storytelling has given rise to digital storytelling The very basis is formed by the art of storytelling but adding new afforda-ble multimedia tools and techniques makes the storytelling go digital In digital storytelling the following elements text image sound voice and moving images can be combined in a coherent story and each of them plays a unique role adding power to the medium

If we look at digital storytelling in a wider perspective then the term can be referred to a variety of emergent new forms of digi-tal narratives eg text based stories blogs web-based stories interactive stories hypertexts narrative computer games audio and video podcasts etc Digital stories might include only some elements like text images aidio material Not always digital sto-ries should include audio or video to be effective powerful or memorable there can be image only story utilizing the power of visual images to tell stories

There are many various definitions of ldquodigital storytellingrdquo but a common trait for all of them is the idea of combining the ancient art of telling stories with any of a variety of available multimedia tools including graphics audio video animation and Web pub-lishing

If some time ago stories and films were created by profession-als nowadays people of all ages and experience using their life stories or imagination can create stories using computers digi-tal cameras recorders and software-that has become possible with the arrival of accessible media production techniques This new form of storytelling has emerged and it allows individuals to share their stories over the Internet on discs podcasts or other electronic distribution systems The beauty of this form of digital expression is that these stories can be created by people everywhere on any subject and shared electronically all over the world

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 6

Joe Lambert co-founder of the Center for Digital Story Telling defines that Digital storytelling in the not too distant future shar-ing onersquos story through multiple medium of imagery text voice sound music video and animation will be the principal hobby of the worldrsquos peoplerdquo httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

211 What is digital storytelling Although nowadays people are fascinated by creating digital sto-ries and it might seem fun and an easy job still making a power-ful story requires fundamental intellectual skills

In order to make a digital story that is extremely effective and emotionally powerful you have to acquire a large variety of skills the skills you need for a traditional story - oral and written story-telling skills as well as digital and art skills communication skills and critical thinking skills

Digital story is a comination of oral presentation and media but at the basis of it is a story that involves imagining or remember-ing scenes then describing them to your listeners in a vivid way While preparing a story you have to think about the plot - how to link the characters with the setting and the events and how they will interact and accomplish each other it develops the skills of sequencing constructing a logical and persuasive arguments

If written language relies chiefly on words then passing your sto-ry to someone you describe scenes using oral language (spo-ken language) which differs from its close relative written lan-guage Oral language has its own operating principles strengths

and limitations and many communicative elements in addition to words can be used eg Tone of voice Facial expression Gestures Body language Expression of eyes Orientation in space (facing toward or away from listeners) and more

Furthermore many of the communicative elements of oral lan-guage such as tone of voice are powerful enough to completely overpower words

In the process of digital story production video plans and scripts are written where writing and conventional forms of literacy are involved

There are three key areas that are crutially important while writing a story Use of language Identification of audience Formulating a point of view

The use of language for writing includes vocabulary and the or-ganization of story The audience is whom the writer is address-ing and it is crucial to understand what is your purpose Writing revising and editing scripts for digital stories help to organize the story Digital stories is a synergy of creative writing and personal reflection with clarity and organization In the case of academic

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 7

educational digital stories writing is used to plan script and cre-ate a story that demonstrates content area understandingThe key questions to ask yourself to check the structure and con-tent of the story Is it focused Is it logical Is the thinking clear and concise Is it easy for the reader to understand

A written story becomes more fascinating with the use of visual images that have become a predominant form of communication delivered across a wide range of media and formats Visual lit-eracy can be defined as ability to construct meaning from visual images Visual literacy is about interpreting images of the present and past and producing images that effectively communicate the message to the audience When creating a digital story you have to interpret create visuals select images to convey a range of meanings Digital stories are essentially multimedia art projects shaped by story No matter what technologies await us in the fu-ture we will try to tell stories with them and to do so we will need to understand design

With the present day development of technologies there are var-ious tools for producing excellent digital stories Skills needed to produce a digital story include the ability to search collect and process information and use it in a critical and systematic way assessing relevance and distinguishing the real from the virtual while recognising the links You should have skills to use tools to produce present and understand complex information and the ability to access search and use internet-based services Use of ICT requires a critical and reflective attitude towards available in-

formation and a responsible use of the interactive media Becom-ing proficient in digital skills is fundamental to studentrsquos success in 21 st century

Digital storytelling like traditional storytelling is an exercise in communication and a creative process that requires participants to visualize and use their imagination

Communication plays an important role in the preparation of a digital story You have to discuss the ideas analyse criticise present information and show your unique point of view - it is done through discussion with groupmates or colleagues When publishing your digital story either on school portal or a website you make it public and become a member of a larger community with voice and a sense of responsibility to others and always try to make positive contributions to the digital culture

On the other hand to communicate and express your idea effec-tively and clearly you need very practical skills - how to use the available tools adequately use of correct language and convid-er all other aspects that take the context into account to achieve an effective communication

While creating digital stories it is essential to see and realise the persuasive power of technology and media - how media makers use technique to influence our way of thinking and our emotions and feelings As media is so powerful we need to be especially aware of its power to persuade and be in control of this important aspect of our own lives

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 8

21st century will require ability to apply criteria for responsible use of ICT acknowledging potential risks as well as the use of rules of behaviour that promote an adequate social exchange on the web Critical thinking responsibility and decision making are skills that are related to this

Media literacy education teaches people to access analyze evaluate and produce media A media literate person can think critically about what they see hear and read in books newspa-pers magazines television radio movies music advertising video games the Internet and new emerging technology It also includes learning how to create messages using print audio vid-eo and multimedia

Storytelling techniques22

221 Elements of a good storytellingToday when we live in the digital age how do you tell a story that stands out captures peoplersquos attention and gets them engaged As a digital story is a combination of the art of telling stories and the creative potential of digital tools where digital images and graphics text recorded narration by the author video transi-tions and music are combined to construct personal tales on a specific topic both parts are extremely important - only the right balance between an exciting story and meaningful use of digital tools can result in a powerful presentation

There are endless approaches to crafting and constructing stories depending on purpose and audience but there are some funda-mental elements that should be observed during the writing and planning phase when scripts are drafted and revised and story-boards designed During this stage the storyteller decides what the story will say and how the story will look during this stage Once the script and accompanying storyboard are completed the con-struction of the story can start using various tools The construc-tion of a digital story is not a simple process that follows a recipe or a prescribed formula Deciding how the various elements will form the structure of each individual story and determining the balance between these elements can take a lot of thought and effort

There are several issues to concider for creating efective and powerful stories

A digital story likewise traditional story has its structure a beginning middle and end

The beginning should captivate the viewer It can be achieved by asking a question providing dilemma or controversal state-ment It should compel the viewers to continue watching and make them want to see how the problem is solved

The middle usually describes the course of events What happened How was the dilemmaproblem solved

The end of a story reveals a conclusionsollution How did the situation turn out The end of your story should also reveal your meaning or point

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 9

Stories are not a mere presentation of facts Stories are told to convey some message It is important to define the key message or the main point you are going to convey to the au-dience Consider the audience and direct the story to this par-ticular audience

A good digital story begins as a good story telling person-al experience One of the most unique features of this specific digital storytelling style is the expectation that each story ex-presses a personal meaning or insight about how a particular event or situation touches you your community or humanity Digital stories are advised to be constructed from personrsquos own experience and understanding and reveal the writerrsquos or storytellerrsquos personal expression Using the first-person pro-noun bdquoIrdquo rather than the more distant third-person point of view is essential The digital story reveals the writer as opposed to offering facts about a distanced topic

A good story creates intrigue or tension around a situation that is revealed in the beginning of the story and resolved at the end sometimes with an unexpected twist The tension of an unresolved or curious situation engages and holds the viewer until reaching a memorable end

The most effective digital stories evoke an emotion from the audience Emotional content can help to hold the audi-encersquos attention The different elements (eg images effects music and tone of voice) all can contribute to adding emotion to a story cauising laughter tears and expressions of pleasure or other emotions

A good story should tell the message in a concise way An effective digital story might use only a few images a few words and even fewer special effects to communicate intend-ed meaning clearly and powerfully It is not necessary to in-clude every tiny detail of the story the audience will fill in the blanks from suggestions made by sights and sounds The art of shortening a story lies in preserving the essence of the tale - using the fewest words along with images and sound to make your point Economy is the most difficult element for both nov-ices and experienced writers to attain Setting limits to a digi-atl story helps to make the construction process manageable and it also makes it possible for an audience to view the stories in a short period of time To achieve conciseness makes the author focus the story deciding what is essential and what can be omitted A compact fast moving digital story will con-tain only those elements necessary to move the audience from beginning to end

The rhytm of the story is what keeps the audiencersquos atten-tion and interest Be careful not to make the story bdquomonoto-nousrdquo that can be a synonym with bdquoboringrdquo because an un-varied pace will not hold the audiencersquos attention There is an important interaction between economy and pacing Novice storytellers often attempt to manage the script into a two-min-ute digital story by reading it as rapidly as they can This is achieved at the expense of pacing because this approach does not allow them to pause or vary the pace It is important to confront these decisions during the script revision process in order to allow a natural pace and varied flow when the digi-tal story is constructed Changing the pace at different points

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 10

can facilitate moving the audience from one emotion to anoth-er Music tempo speech rate image duration panning and zooming speed all work to establish pace Generally pace is consistent throughout a story but once in a while it will pause accelerate decelerate or stop

As the digital stories reveal personal emotions experience attitude the storytellerrsquos voice (the pitch inflection and tembre) is essential to convey meaning and intent in a very personal way This is one of the most essential elements that contribute to the effectiveness of a digital story There is no substitute for using your own voice to tell your story It is advisable to take time to learn and practice the script so that the speaker tells it in a conversational tone If the script is simply read from the print-out then the voice will not sound natural to the audience and they will be unsure how to respond

Unlike traditional oral or written stories in digital stories im-ages sound and music can be used to show a part of the context create setting give story information and provide emotional meaning not provided by words

A good story incorporates technology in artful ways demonstrating skillsof communication with the help of imag-es sound voice color white space animations design tran-sitions and special effects Ask yourself whether your media resources are decorating illustrating or illuminating Music is an important element of the professional cinema and can be

concidered as an essential element to make a powerful story Properly employed music can enhance and underscore the accompanying story adding complexity and depth to the nar-rative

222 Elements of a good storytellingIn general a digital storyrdquo is any narrative that is told using digital media However the Centre for Digital Storytelling in California USA associates it with a 3-5 minute video produced by everyone who is not a media professional and they believe that everyone has many stories to tell People see hear and perceive the world in different ways and this means that the forms and approaches they take to telling stories are also very different

There are all kinds of stories in our lives that can be developed into multimedia pieces

As to the content the stories deal with it is possible to categorize them into the following three major groups

Personal narratives Stories that contain accounts of signifi-cant incidents in onersquos life

Historical documentaries Stories that examine historical dramatic events that help us understand the past

Stories designed to inform or instruct the viewer on a par-ticular concept or practice

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 11

2221 Elements of a good storytellingThese are perhaps the most popular type of digital story There the author tells hisher personal experience revolving around significant events in their life they can be emotionally charged and personally meaningful If you feel strongly about a certain event or person in your life you will likely write a powerful script These stories are made personal if narrated with your own voice and they reveal personal discoveries and tell something personal about the author The story (the meaning) is expressed through the narrative and supported visually by the images

Here are some possible themes for a personal story

CharacterRelationship Explore how we love who we are in-spired by what our relationships mean to us We can reveal how we met our partner what it was like when the baby was born or what our relationship is with our parents grandpar-ents brothers sisters We want to compare other peoplersquos experiences in these fundamental relationships to our own These are also stories that tend to have plenty of existing doc-umentation - eg family photoesvideos etc

Remembrance or memorial stories deal with memories of people who have played an important role in onersquos life and are no longer with us These stories are often difficult but are emo-tionally powerful and can help with the grieving process

Stories of challenge Show how we overcome great obsta-cles and challenges in our lives and achieve goals The stories can analyse and retrospect crucial moments in our lives tell

about the steps we have taken decissions we have made and to what solution we have come

Stories about a place Revolve around important places in our lives our homes our towns and our experiences that con-nect us to our communities You may have a story about your current home an ancestral home a town a park a mountain or forest you love a restaurant store or gathering place Your insights into place give us insight about your sense of values and connection to community

Stories of adventure a journey or travel Reflect and depict places we visit and adventures we have in our travels Strange-ly enough while almost everyone tells good travel stories it is often difficult to make an effective multimedia piece from these stories We rarely think about constructing a story with our pho-tographs or videos in advance of a trip And we do not want to take ourselves out of the most exhilarating moments by taking out a camera and recording Before your next trip think about creating a story outline based on an idea prior to your visit as well as what sort of images video or sounds would be useful to create the story

Stories about events in our lives Deal with significant oc-currences that we remember and want to share These can be stories about achieving a goal like graduating from school or being on the winning team in a sporting event These events are often documented so you might find it easy to construct a multimedia story

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 12

Stories about what we do Allow us to talk about our jobs pro-fessions and careers when we show what we value and what is meaninful For many people a life story is shaped by their job People also refer to their hobbies or social commitments when thinking about who they are A good story often comes from looking at the familiar in a new way and with a new meaning

2222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsMany personal narratives can include historical information to add context to the story but digital story can be created from historical material that has been collected and now used to rec-oncider and analyse the events from history and add depth and meaning to these events People may use historical photographs newspaper headlines speeches and other available materials to create a story

Eg Audio recordings of statesmenrsquos or other prominent peoplersquos speeches and photographs of the events can be used as the ba-sis of digital stories that explore famous events in history

2223 Stories that Inform or InstructThese stories reveal the process of learning when we as detec-tives illustrate how we uncovered the facts to get at a truth wheth-er it is in fixing a broken bicycle or developing a new product This type of digital story is used to convey instructional material in many different areas You can use this type of digital story to

present information on subjects ranging from maths and science to art technology etc They can instruct what can be done to im-prove your skills or how to better use some gadget

And of course stories can be created using combinations of these three methods such as autobiographical stories that use historical material as the background of a personal narrative

Life is full of stories but you have to capture these moments and use as movies so go for it

Digital storytelling takes many forms There are stories that are audio only and rely on words sound effects field recordings and music Hypertext environments facilitate the interactive story in which the bdquoreaderrdquo chooses optional paths to explore Web-based media facilitate not only stories with words but also movies stills sounds and graphics

One form of digital story is the micromovie A micromovie is usu-ally a very short exposition lasting from a few seconds to no more than 5 minutes in length It allows the teller to combine personal writing photographic images or video footage narrative sound effects and music Many people regardless of skill level are able to tell their stories through image and sound and share those sto-ries with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 13

Interview and report23

231 InterviewData and information can be collected in a number of ways field visits to sites collection of audio clips video footage photo-graphs intervieews or self-interviews document study etc

There is no shortage of information today - television radio news-papers journals books posters the Internet and even what we hear in meetings and on the street Sometimes we donrsquot particu-larly want it all but it keeps on flowing

Remember that while creating a digital story you will need infor-mation as source you will search select evaluate and organ-ise information A digital story always carries authorrsquos personal attitude and point of view so we will also create information as product the restructured and modelled information and the de-velopment of own ideas

The word interview has originated from Latin - the prefix interndash meaning bdquobetweenrdquo bdquoamongrdquo bdquomutuallyrdquo bdquotogetherrdquo and to view ndashmeaning bdquoto seerdquo

Interview is a conversation in which one person (the interviewer) elicits information from another person (the subject or interviewee)

2311 Tips for interviewingThere are three main types of interviews

Structured Interview Structured interviews follow a fixed order of questions have fixed response choices and have fixed num-ber of questions Here the interviewer has decided in advance what questions heshe is going to ask in what order the ques-tions will be asked the information to be collected Sometimes it is also called guided interview or respondentrsquos interview and the interviewer directs and controls the interview and the interviewee answers specific questions

Semi-structured These are slightly informal questions can be changed to fit the specific context and follow-up questions add-ed based on the intervieweersquos response These interviews are more conversational and the response options are not fixed

Unstructured interviews These interviews are not planned in detail Hence it is also called as non-Directed interview The questions to be asked the information to be collected etc are not decided in advance These interviews are non-planned and therefore more flexible Interviewees are more relaxed in such interviews They are encouraged to express themselves about different subjects based on their expectations motivations background interests etc Here the interviewer can make a bet-ter judgement of the candidatersquos personality potentials opinion However if the interviewer is not efficient then the discussions will lose direction and the interview will be a waste of time and effort Also called informal or in-depth interviews these are open-ended

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 6

Joe Lambert co-founder of the Center for Digital Story Telling defines that Digital storytelling in the not too distant future shar-ing onersquos story through multiple medium of imagery text voice sound music video and animation will be the principal hobby of the worldrsquos peoplerdquo httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

211 What is digital storytelling Although nowadays people are fascinated by creating digital sto-ries and it might seem fun and an easy job still making a power-ful story requires fundamental intellectual skills

In order to make a digital story that is extremely effective and emotionally powerful you have to acquire a large variety of skills the skills you need for a traditional story - oral and written story-telling skills as well as digital and art skills communication skills and critical thinking skills

Digital story is a comination of oral presentation and media but at the basis of it is a story that involves imagining or remember-ing scenes then describing them to your listeners in a vivid way While preparing a story you have to think about the plot - how to link the characters with the setting and the events and how they will interact and accomplish each other it develops the skills of sequencing constructing a logical and persuasive arguments

If written language relies chiefly on words then passing your sto-ry to someone you describe scenes using oral language (spo-ken language) which differs from its close relative written lan-guage Oral language has its own operating principles strengths

and limitations and many communicative elements in addition to words can be used eg Tone of voice Facial expression Gestures Body language Expression of eyes Orientation in space (facing toward or away from listeners) and more

Furthermore many of the communicative elements of oral lan-guage such as tone of voice are powerful enough to completely overpower words

In the process of digital story production video plans and scripts are written where writing and conventional forms of literacy are involved

There are three key areas that are crutially important while writing a story Use of language Identification of audience Formulating a point of view

The use of language for writing includes vocabulary and the or-ganization of story The audience is whom the writer is address-ing and it is crucial to understand what is your purpose Writing revising and editing scripts for digital stories help to organize the story Digital stories is a synergy of creative writing and personal reflection with clarity and organization In the case of academic

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 7

educational digital stories writing is used to plan script and cre-ate a story that demonstrates content area understandingThe key questions to ask yourself to check the structure and con-tent of the story Is it focused Is it logical Is the thinking clear and concise Is it easy for the reader to understand

A written story becomes more fascinating with the use of visual images that have become a predominant form of communication delivered across a wide range of media and formats Visual lit-eracy can be defined as ability to construct meaning from visual images Visual literacy is about interpreting images of the present and past and producing images that effectively communicate the message to the audience When creating a digital story you have to interpret create visuals select images to convey a range of meanings Digital stories are essentially multimedia art projects shaped by story No matter what technologies await us in the fu-ture we will try to tell stories with them and to do so we will need to understand design

With the present day development of technologies there are var-ious tools for producing excellent digital stories Skills needed to produce a digital story include the ability to search collect and process information and use it in a critical and systematic way assessing relevance and distinguishing the real from the virtual while recognising the links You should have skills to use tools to produce present and understand complex information and the ability to access search and use internet-based services Use of ICT requires a critical and reflective attitude towards available in-

formation and a responsible use of the interactive media Becom-ing proficient in digital skills is fundamental to studentrsquos success in 21 st century

Digital storytelling like traditional storytelling is an exercise in communication and a creative process that requires participants to visualize and use their imagination

Communication plays an important role in the preparation of a digital story You have to discuss the ideas analyse criticise present information and show your unique point of view - it is done through discussion with groupmates or colleagues When publishing your digital story either on school portal or a website you make it public and become a member of a larger community with voice and a sense of responsibility to others and always try to make positive contributions to the digital culture

On the other hand to communicate and express your idea effec-tively and clearly you need very practical skills - how to use the available tools adequately use of correct language and convid-er all other aspects that take the context into account to achieve an effective communication

While creating digital stories it is essential to see and realise the persuasive power of technology and media - how media makers use technique to influence our way of thinking and our emotions and feelings As media is so powerful we need to be especially aware of its power to persuade and be in control of this important aspect of our own lives

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 8

21st century will require ability to apply criteria for responsible use of ICT acknowledging potential risks as well as the use of rules of behaviour that promote an adequate social exchange on the web Critical thinking responsibility and decision making are skills that are related to this

Media literacy education teaches people to access analyze evaluate and produce media A media literate person can think critically about what they see hear and read in books newspa-pers magazines television radio movies music advertising video games the Internet and new emerging technology It also includes learning how to create messages using print audio vid-eo and multimedia

Storytelling techniques22

221 Elements of a good storytellingToday when we live in the digital age how do you tell a story that stands out captures peoplersquos attention and gets them engaged As a digital story is a combination of the art of telling stories and the creative potential of digital tools where digital images and graphics text recorded narration by the author video transi-tions and music are combined to construct personal tales on a specific topic both parts are extremely important - only the right balance between an exciting story and meaningful use of digital tools can result in a powerful presentation

There are endless approaches to crafting and constructing stories depending on purpose and audience but there are some funda-mental elements that should be observed during the writing and planning phase when scripts are drafted and revised and story-boards designed During this stage the storyteller decides what the story will say and how the story will look during this stage Once the script and accompanying storyboard are completed the con-struction of the story can start using various tools The construc-tion of a digital story is not a simple process that follows a recipe or a prescribed formula Deciding how the various elements will form the structure of each individual story and determining the balance between these elements can take a lot of thought and effort

There are several issues to concider for creating efective and powerful stories

A digital story likewise traditional story has its structure a beginning middle and end

The beginning should captivate the viewer It can be achieved by asking a question providing dilemma or controversal state-ment It should compel the viewers to continue watching and make them want to see how the problem is solved

The middle usually describes the course of events What happened How was the dilemmaproblem solved

The end of a story reveals a conclusionsollution How did the situation turn out The end of your story should also reveal your meaning or point

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 9

Stories are not a mere presentation of facts Stories are told to convey some message It is important to define the key message or the main point you are going to convey to the au-dience Consider the audience and direct the story to this par-ticular audience

A good digital story begins as a good story telling person-al experience One of the most unique features of this specific digital storytelling style is the expectation that each story ex-presses a personal meaning or insight about how a particular event or situation touches you your community or humanity Digital stories are advised to be constructed from personrsquos own experience and understanding and reveal the writerrsquos or storytellerrsquos personal expression Using the first-person pro-noun bdquoIrdquo rather than the more distant third-person point of view is essential The digital story reveals the writer as opposed to offering facts about a distanced topic

A good story creates intrigue or tension around a situation that is revealed in the beginning of the story and resolved at the end sometimes with an unexpected twist The tension of an unresolved or curious situation engages and holds the viewer until reaching a memorable end

The most effective digital stories evoke an emotion from the audience Emotional content can help to hold the audi-encersquos attention The different elements (eg images effects music and tone of voice) all can contribute to adding emotion to a story cauising laughter tears and expressions of pleasure or other emotions

A good story should tell the message in a concise way An effective digital story might use only a few images a few words and even fewer special effects to communicate intend-ed meaning clearly and powerfully It is not necessary to in-clude every tiny detail of the story the audience will fill in the blanks from suggestions made by sights and sounds The art of shortening a story lies in preserving the essence of the tale - using the fewest words along with images and sound to make your point Economy is the most difficult element for both nov-ices and experienced writers to attain Setting limits to a digi-atl story helps to make the construction process manageable and it also makes it possible for an audience to view the stories in a short period of time To achieve conciseness makes the author focus the story deciding what is essential and what can be omitted A compact fast moving digital story will con-tain only those elements necessary to move the audience from beginning to end

The rhytm of the story is what keeps the audiencersquos atten-tion and interest Be careful not to make the story bdquomonoto-nousrdquo that can be a synonym with bdquoboringrdquo because an un-varied pace will not hold the audiencersquos attention There is an important interaction between economy and pacing Novice storytellers often attempt to manage the script into a two-min-ute digital story by reading it as rapidly as they can This is achieved at the expense of pacing because this approach does not allow them to pause or vary the pace It is important to confront these decisions during the script revision process in order to allow a natural pace and varied flow when the digi-tal story is constructed Changing the pace at different points

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 10

can facilitate moving the audience from one emotion to anoth-er Music tempo speech rate image duration panning and zooming speed all work to establish pace Generally pace is consistent throughout a story but once in a while it will pause accelerate decelerate or stop

As the digital stories reveal personal emotions experience attitude the storytellerrsquos voice (the pitch inflection and tembre) is essential to convey meaning and intent in a very personal way This is one of the most essential elements that contribute to the effectiveness of a digital story There is no substitute for using your own voice to tell your story It is advisable to take time to learn and practice the script so that the speaker tells it in a conversational tone If the script is simply read from the print-out then the voice will not sound natural to the audience and they will be unsure how to respond

Unlike traditional oral or written stories in digital stories im-ages sound and music can be used to show a part of the context create setting give story information and provide emotional meaning not provided by words

A good story incorporates technology in artful ways demonstrating skillsof communication with the help of imag-es sound voice color white space animations design tran-sitions and special effects Ask yourself whether your media resources are decorating illustrating or illuminating Music is an important element of the professional cinema and can be

concidered as an essential element to make a powerful story Properly employed music can enhance and underscore the accompanying story adding complexity and depth to the nar-rative

222 Elements of a good storytellingIn general a digital storyrdquo is any narrative that is told using digital media However the Centre for Digital Storytelling in California USA associates it with a 3-5 minute video produced by everyone who is not a media professional and they believe that everyone has many stories to tell People see hear and perceive the world in different ways and this means that the forms and approaches they take to telling stories are also very different

There are all kinds of stories in our lives that can be developed into multimedia pieces

As to the content the stories deal with it is possible to categorize them into the following three major groups

Personal narratives Stories that contain accounts of signifi-cant incidents in onersquos life

Historical documentaries Stories that examine historical dramatic events that help us understand the past

Stories designed to inform or instruct the viewer on a par-ticular concept or practice

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 11

2221 Elements of a good storytellingThese are perhaps the most popular type of digital story There the author tells hisher personal experience revolving around significant events in their life they can be emotionally charged and personally meaningful If you feel strongly about a certain event or person in your life you will likely write a powerful script These stories are made personal if narrated with your own voice and they reveal personal discoveries and tell something personal about the author The story (the meaning) is expressed through the narrative and supported visually by the images

Here are some possible themes for a personal story

CharacterRelationship Explore how we love who we are in-spired by what our relationships mean to us We can reveal how we met our partner what it was like when the baby was born or what our relationship is with our parents grandpar-ents brothers sisters We want to compare other peoplersquos experiences in these fundamental relationships to our own These are also stories that tend to have plenty of existing doc-umentation - eg family photoesvideos etc

Remembrance or memorial stories deal with memories of people who have played an important role in onersquos life and are no longer with us These stories are often difficult but are emo-tionally powerful and can help with the grieving process

Stories of challenge Show how we overcome great obsta-cles and challenges in our lives and achieve goals The stories can analyse and retrospect crucial moments in our lives tell

about the steps we have taken decissions we have made and to what solution we have come

Stories about a place Revolve around important places in our lives our homes our towns and our experiences that con-nect us to our communities You may have a story about your current home an ancestral home a town a park a mountain or forest you love a restaurant store or gathering place Your insights into place give us insight about your sense of values and connection to community

Stories of adventure a journey or travel Reflect and depict places we visit and adventures we have in our travels Strange-ly enough while almost everyone tells good travel stories it is often difficult to make an effective multimedia piece from these stories We rarely think about constructing a story with our pho-tographs or videos in advance of a trip And we do not want to take ourselves out of the most exhilarating moments by taking out a camera and recording Before your next trip think about creating a story outline based on an idea prior to your visit as well as what sort of images video or sounds would be useful to create the story

Stories about events in our lives Deal with significant oc-currences that we remember and want to share These can be stories about achieving a goal like graduating from school or being on the winning team in a sporting event These events are often documented so you might find it easy to construct a multimedia story

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 12

Stories about what we do Allow us to talk about our jobs pro-fessions and careers when we show what we value and what is meaninful For many people a life story is shaped by their job People also refer to their hobbies or social commitments when thinking about who they are A good story often comes from looking at the familiar in a new way and with a new meaning

2222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsMany personal narratives can include historical information to add context to the story but digital story can be created from historical material that has been collected and now used to rec-oncider and analyse the events from history and add depth and meaning to these events People may use historical photographs newspaper headlines speeches and other available materials to create a story

Eg Audio recordings of statesmenrsquos or other prominent peoplersquos speeches and photographs of the events can be used as the ba-sis of digital stories that explore famous events in history

2223 Stories that Inform or InstructThese stories reveal the process of learning when we as detec-tives illustrate how we uncovered the facts to get at a truth wheth-er it is in fixing a broken bicycle or developing a new product This type of digital story is used to convey instructional material in many different areas You can use this type of digital story to

present information on subjects ranging from maths and science to art technology etc They can instruct what can be done to im-prove your skills or how to better use some gadget

And of course stories can be created using combinations of these three methods such as autobiographical stories that use historical material as the background of a personal narrative

Life is full of stories but you have to capture these moments and use as movies so go for it

Digital storytelling takes many forms There are stories that are audio only and rely on words sound effects field recordings and music Hypertext environments facilitate the interactive story in which the bdquoreaderrdquo chooses optional paths to explore Web-based media facilitate not only stories with words but also movies stills sounds and graphics

One form of digital story is the micromovie A micromovie is usu-ally a very short exposition lasting from a few seconds to no more than 5 minutes in length It allows the teller to combine personal writing photographic images or video footage narrative sound effects and music Many people regardless of skill level are able to tell their stories through image and sound and share those sto-ries with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 13

Interview and report23

231 InterviewData and information can be collected in a number of ways field visits to sites collection of audio clips video footage photo-graphs intervieews or self-interviews document study etc

There is no shortage of information today - television radio news-papers journals books posters the Internet and even what we hear in meetings and on the street Sometimes we donrsquot particu-larly want it all but it keeps on flowing

Remember that while creating a digital story you will need infor-mation as source you will search select evaluate and organ-ise information A digital story always carries authorrsquos personal attitude and point of view so we will also create information as product the restructured and modelled information and the de-velopment of own ideas

The word interview has originated from Latin - the prefix interndash meaning bdquobetweenrdquo bdquoamongrdquo bdquomutuallyrdquo bdquotogetherrdquo and to view ndashmeaning bdquoto seerdquo

Interview is a conversation in which one person (the interviewer) elicits information from another person (the subject or interviewee)

2311 Tips for interviewingThere are three main types of interviews

Structured Interview Structured interviews follow a fixed order of questions have fixed response choices and have fixed num-ber of questions Here the interviewer has decided in advance what questions heshe is going to ask in what order the ques-tions will be asked the information to be collected Sometimes it is also called guided interview or respondentrsquos interview and the interviewer directs and controls the interview and the interviewee answers specific questions

Semi-structured These are slightly informal questions can be changed to fit the specific context and follow-up questions add-ed based on the intervieweersquos response These interviews are more conversational and the response options are not fixed

Unstructured interviews These interviews are not planned in detail Hence it is also called as non-Directed interview The questions to be asked the information to be collected etc are not decided in advance These interviews are non-planned and therefore more flexible Interviewees are more relaxed in such interviews They are encouraged to express themselves about different subjects based on their expectations motivations background interests etc Here the interviewer can make a bet-ter judgement of the candidatersquos personality potentials opinion However if the interviewer is not efficient then the discussions will lose direction and the interview will be a waste of time and effort Also called informal or in-depth interviews these are open-ended

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 7

educational digital stories writing is used to plan script and cre-ate a story that demonstrates content area understandingThe key questions to ask yourself to check the structure and con-tent of the story Is it focused Is it logical Is the thinking clear and concise Is it easy for the reader to understand

A written story becomes more fascinating with the use of visual images that have become a predominant form of communication delivered across a wide range of media and formats Visual lit-eracy can be defined as ability to construct meaning from visual images Visual literacy is about interpreting images of the present and past and producing images that effectively communicate the message to the audience When creating a digital story you have to interpret create visuals select images to convey a range of meanings Digital stories are essentially multimedia art projects shaped by story No matter what technologies await us in the fu-ture we will try to tell stories with them and to do so we will need to understand design

With the present day development of technologies there are var-ious tools for producing excellent digital stories Skills needed to produce a digital story include the ability to search collect and process information and use it in a critical and systematic way assessing relevance and distinguishing the real from the virtual while recognising the links You should have skills to use tools to produce present and understand complex information and the ability to access search and use internet-based services Use of ICT requires a critical and reflective attitude towards available in-

formation and a responsible use of the interactive media Becom-ing proficient in digital skills is fundamental to studentrsquos success in 21 st century

Digital storytelling like traditional storytelling is an exercise in communication and a creative process that requires participants to visualize and use their imagination

Communication plays an important role in the preparation of a digital story You have to discuss the ideas analyse criticise present information and show your unique point of view - it is done through discussion with groupmates or colleagues When publishing your digital story either on school portal or a website you make it public and become a member of a larger community with voice and a sense of responsibility to others and always try to make positive contributions to the digital culture

On the other hand to communicate and express your idea effec-tively and clearly you need very practical skills - how to use the available tools adequately use of correct language and convid-er all other aspects that take the context into account to achieve an effective communication

While creating digital stories it is essential to see and realise the persuasive power of technology and media - how media makers use technique to influence our way of thinking and our emotions and feelings As media is so powerful we need to be especially aware of its power to persuade and be in control of this important aspect of our own lives

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 8

21st century will require ability to apply criteria for responsible use of ICT acknowledging potential risks as well as the use of rules of behaviour that promote an adequate social exchange on the web Critical thinking responsibility and decision making are skills that are related to this

Media literacy education teaches people to access analyze evaluate and produce media A media literate person can think critically about what they see hear and read in books newspa-pers magazines television radio movies music advertising video games the Internet and new emerging technology It also includes learning how to create messages using print audio vid-eo and multimedia

Storytelling techniques22

221 Elements of a good storytellingToday when we live in the digital age how do you tell a story that stands out captures peoplersquos attention and gets them engaged As a digital story is a combination of the art of telling stories and the creative potential of digital tools where digital images and graphics text recorded narration by the author video transi-tions and music are combined to construct personal tales on a specific topic both parts are extremely important - only the right balance between an exciting story and meaningful use of digital tools can result in a powerful presentation

There are endless approaches to crafting and constructing stories depending on purpose and audience but there are some funda-mental elements that should be observed during the writing and planning phase when scripts are drafted and revised and story-boards designed During this stage the storyteller decides what the story will say and how the story will look during this stage Once the script and accompanying storyboard are completed the con-struction of the story can start using various tools The construc-tion of a digital story is not a simple process that follows a recipe or a prescribed formula Deciding how the various elements will form the structure of each individual story and determining the balance between these elements can take a lot of thought and effort

There are several issues to concider for creating efective and powerful stories

A digital story likewise traditional story has its structure a beginning middle and end

The beginning should captivate the viewer It can be achieved by asking a question providing dilemma or controversal state-ment It should compel the viewers to continue watching and make them want to see how the problem is solved

The middle usually describes the course of events What happened How was the dilemmaproblem solved

The end of a story reveals a conclusionsollution How did the situation turn out The end of your story should also reveal your meaning or point

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 9

Stories are not a mere presentation of facts Stories are told to convey some message It is important to define the key message or the main point you are going to convey to the au-dience Consider the audience and direct the story to this par-ticular audience

A good digital story begins as a good story telling person-al experience One of the most unique features of this specific digital storytelling style is the expectation that each story ex-presses a personal meaning or insight about how a particular event or situation touches you your community or humanity Digital stories are advised to be constructed from personrsquos own experience and understanding and reveal the writerrsquos or storytellerrsquos personal expression Using the first-person pro-noun bdquoIrdquo rather than the more distant third-person point of view is essential The digital story reveals the writer as opposed to offering facts about a distanced topic

A good story creates intrigue or tension around a situation that is revealed in the beginning of the story and resolved at the end sometimes with an unexpected twist The tension of an unresolved or curious situation engages and holds the viewer until reaching a memorable end

The most effective digital stories evoke an emotion from the audience Emotional content can help to hold the audi-encersquos attention The different elements (eg images effects music and tone of voice) all can contribute to adding emotion to a story cauising laughter tears and expressions of pleasure or other emotions

A good story should tell the message in a concise way An effective digital story might use only a few images a few words and even fewer special effects to communicate intend-ed meaning clearly and powerfully It is not necessary to in-clude every tiny detail of the story the audience will fill in the blanks from suggestions made by sights and sounds The art of shortening a story lies in preserving the essence of the tale - using the fewest words along with images and sound to make your point Economy is the most difficult element for both nov-ices and experienced writers to attain Setting limits to a digi-atl story helps to make the construction process manageable and it also makes it possible for an audience to view the stories in a short period of time To achieve conciseness makes the author focus the story deciding what is essential and what can be omitted A compact fast moving digital story will con-tain only those elements necessary to move the audience from beginning to end

The rhytm of the story is what keeps the audiencersquos atten-tion and interest Be careful not to make the story bdquomonoto-nousrdquo that can be a synonym with bdquoboringrdquo because an un-varied pace will not hold the audiencersquos attention There is an important interaction between economy and pacing Novice storytellers often attempt to manage the script into a two-min-ute digital story by reading it as rapidly as they can This is achieved at the expense of pacing because this approach does not allow them to pause or vary the pace It is important to confront these decisions during the script revision process in order to allow a natural pace and varied flow when the digi-tal story is constructed Changing the pace at different points

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 10

can facilitate moving the audience from one emotion to anoth-er Music tempo speech rate image duration panning and zooming speed all work to establish pace Generally pace is consistent throughout a story but once in a while it will pause accelerate decelerate or stop

As the digital stories reveal personal emotions experience attitude the storytellerrsquos voice (the pitch inflection and tembre) is essential to convey meaning and intent in a very personal way This is one of the most essential elements that contribute to the effectiveness of a digital story There is no substitute for using your own voice to tell your story It is advisable to take time to learn and practice the script so that the speaker tells it in a conversational tone If the script is simply read from the print-out then the voice will not sound natural to the audience and they will be unsure how to respond

Unlike traditional oral or written stories in digital stories im-ages sound and music can be used to show a part of the context create setting give story information and provide emotional meaning not provided by words

A good story incorporates technology in artful ways demonstrating skillsof communication with the help of imag-es sound voice color white space animations design tran-sitions and special effects Ask yourself whether your media resources are decorating illustrating or illuminating Music is an important element of the professional cinema and can be

concidered as an essential element to make a powerful story Properly employed music can enhance and underscore the accompanying story adding complexity and depth to the nar-rative

222 Elements of a good storytellingIn general a digital storyrdquo is any narrative that is told using digital media However the Centre for Digital Storytelling in California USA associates it with a 3-5 minute video produced by everyone who is not a media professional and they believe that everyone has many stories to tell People see hear and perceive the world in different ways and this means that the forms and approaches they take to telling stories are also very different

There are all kinds of stories in our lives that can be developed into multimedia pieces

As to the content the stories deal with it is possible to categorize them into the following three major groups

Personal narratives Stories that contain accounts of signifi-cant incidents in onersquos life

Historical documentaries Stories that examine historical dramatic events that help us understand the past

Stories designed to inform or instruct the viewer on a par-ticular concept or practice

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 11

2221 Elements of a good storytellingThese are perhaps the most popular type of digital story There the author tells hisher personal experience revolving around significant events in their life they can be emotionally charged and personally meaningful If you feel strongly about a certain event or person in your life you will likely write a powerful script These stories are made personal if narrated with your own voice and they reveal personal discoveries and tell something personal about the author The story (the meaning) is expressed through the narrative and supported visually by the images

Here are some possible themes for a personal story

CharacterRelationship Explore how we love who we are in-spired by what our relationships mean to us We can reveal how we met our partner what it was like when the baby was born or what our relationship is with our parents grandpar-ents brothers sisters We want to compare other peoplersquos experiences in these fundamental relationships to our own These are also stories that tend to have plenty of existing doc-umentation - eg family photoesvideos etc

Remembrance or memorial stories deal with memories of people who have played an important role in onersquos life and are no longer with us These stories are often difficult but are emo-tionally powerful and can help with the grieving process

Stories of challenge Show how we overcome great obsta-cles and challenges in our lives and achieve goals The stories can analyse and retrospect crucial moments in our lives tell

about the steps we have taken decissions we have made and to what solution we have come

Stories about a place Revolve around important places in our lives our homes our towns and our experiences that con-nect us to our communities You may have a story about your current home an ancestral home a town a park a mountain or forest you love a restaurant store or gathering place Your insights into place give us insight about your sense of values and connection to community

Stories of adventure a journey or travel Reflect and depict places we visit and adventures we have in our travels Strange-ly enough while almost everyone tells good travel stories it is often difficult to make an effective multimedia piece from these stories We rarely think about constructing a story with our pho-tographs or videos in advance of a trip And we do not want to take ourselves out of the most exhilarating moments by taking out a camera and recording Before your next trip think about creating a story outline based on an idea prior to your visit as well as what sort of images video or sounds would be useful to create the story

Stories about events in our lives Deal with significant oc-currences that we remember and want to share These can be stories about achieving a goal like graduating from school or being on the winning team in a sporting event These events are often documented so you might find it easy to construct a multimedia story

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 12

Stories about what we do Allow us to talk about our jobs pro-fessions and careers when we show what we value and what is meaninful For many people a life story is shaped by their job People also refer to their hobbies or social commitments when thinking about who they are A good story often comes from looking at the familiar in a new way and with a new meaning

2222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsMany personal narratives can include historical information to add context to the story but digital story can be created from historical material that has been collected and now used to rec-oncider and analyse the events from history and add depth and meaning to these events People may use historical photographs newspaper headlines speeches and other available materials to create a story

Eg Audio recordings of statesmenrsquos or other prominent peoplersquos speeches and photographs of the events can be used as the ba-sis of digital stories that explore famous events in history

2223 Stories that Inform or InstructThese stories reveal the process of learning when we as detec-tives illustrate how we uncovered the facts to get at a truth wheth-er it is in fixing a broken bicycle or developing a new product This type of digital story is used to convey instructional material in many different areas You can use this type of digital story to

present information on subjects ranging from maths and science to art technology etc They can instruct what can be done to im-prove your skills or how to better use some gadget

And of course stories can be created using combinations of these three methods such as autobiographical stories that use historical material as the background of a personal narrative

Life is full of stories but you have to capture these moments and use as movies so go for it

Digital storytelling takes many forms There are stories that are audio only and rely on words sound effects field recordings and music Hypertext environments facilitate the interactive story in which the bdquoreaderrdquo chooses optional paths to explore Web-based media facilitate not only stories with words but also movies stills sounds and graphics

One form of digital story is the micromovie A micromovie is usu-ally a very short exposition lasting from a few seconds to no more than 5 minutes in length It allows the teller to combine personal writing photographic images or video footage narrative sound effects and music Many people regardless of skill level are able to tell their stories through image and sound and share those sto-ries with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 13

Interview and report23

231 InterviewData and information can be collected in a number of ways field visits to sites collection of audio clips video footage photo-graphs intervieews or self-interviews document study etc

There is no shortage of information today - television radio news-papers journals books posters the Internet and even what we hear in meetings and on the street Sometimes we donrsquot particu-larly want it all but it keeps on flowing

Remember that while creating a digital story you will need infor-mation as source you will search select evaluate and organ-ise information A digital story always carries authorrsquos personal attitude and point of view so we will also create information as product the restructured and modelled information and the de-velopment of own ideas

The word interview has originated from Latin - the prefix interndash meaning bdquobetweenrdquo bdquoamongrdquo bdquomutuallyrdquo bdquotogetherrdquo and to view ndashmeaning bdquoto seerdquo

Interview is a conversation in which one person (the interviewer) elicits information from another person (the subject or interviewee)

2311 Tips for interviewingThere are three main types of interviews

Structured Interview Structured interviews follow a fixed order of questions have fixed response choices and have fixed num-ber of questions Here the interviewer has decided in advance what questions heshe is going to ask in what order the ques-tions will be asked the information to be collected Sometimes it is also called guided interview or respondentrsquos interview and the interviewer directs and controls the interview and the interviewee answers specific questions

Semi-structured These are slightly informal questions can be changed to fit the specific context and follow-up questions add-ed based on the intervieweersquos response These interviews are more conversational and the response options are not fixed

Unstructured interviews These interviews are not planned in detail Hence it is also called as non-Directed interview The questions to be asked the information to be collected etc are not decided in advance These interviews are non-planned and therefore more flexible Interviewees are more relaxed in such interviews They are encouraged to express themselves about different subjects based on their expectations motivations background interests etc Here the interviewer can make a bet-ter judgement of the candidatersquos personality potentials opinion However if the interviewer is not efficient then the discussions will lose direction and the interview will be a waste of time and effort Also called informal or in-depth interviews these are open-ended

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 8

21st century will require ability to apply criteria for responsible use of ICT acknowledging potential risks as well as the use of rules of behaviour that promote an adequate social exchange on the web Critical thinking responsibility and decision making are skills that are related to this

Media literacy education teaches people to access analyze evaluate and produce media A media literate person can think critically about what they see hear and read in books newspa-pers magazines television radio movies music advertising video games the Internet and new emerging technology It also includes learning how to create messages using print audio vid-eo and multimedia

Storytelling techniques22

221 Elements of a good storytellingToday when we live in the digital age how do you tell a story that stands out captures peoplersquos attention and gets them engaged As a digital story is a combination of the art of telling stories and the creative potential of digital tools where digital images and graphics text recorded narration by the author video transi-tions and music are combined to construct personal tales on a specific topic both parts are extremely important - only the right balance between an exciting story and meaningful use of digital tools can result in a powerful presentation

There are endless approaches to crafting and constructing stories depending on purpose and audience but there are some funda-mental elements that should be observed during the writing and planning phase when scripts are drafted and revised and story-boards designed During this stage the storyteller decides what the story will say and how the story will look during this stage Once the script and accompanying storyboard are completed the con-struction of the story can start using various tools The construc-tion of a digital story is not a simple process that follows a recipe or a prescribed formula Deciding how the various elements will form the structure of each individual story and determining the balance between these elements can take a lot of thought and effort

There are several issues to concider for creating efective and powerful stories

A digital story likewise traditional story has its structure a beginning middle and end

The beginning should captivate the viewer It can be achieved by asking a question providing dilemma or controversal state-ment It should compel the viewers to continue watching and make them want to see how the problem is solved

The middle usually describes the course of events What happened How was the dilemmaproblem solved

The end of a story reveals a conclusionsollution How did the situation turn out The end of your story should also reveal your meaning or point

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 9

Stories are not a mere presentation of facts Stories are told to convey some message It is important to define the key message or the main point you are going to convey to the au-dience Consider the audience and direct the story to this par-ticular audience

A good digital story begins as a good story telling person-al experience One of the most unique features of this specific digital storytelling style is the expectation that each story ex-presses a personal meaning or insight about how a particular event or situation touches you your community or humanity Digital stories are advised to be constructed from personrsquos own experience and understanding and reveal the writerrsquos or storytellerrsquos personal expression Using the first-person pro-noun bdquoIrdquo rather than the more distant third-person point of view is essential The digital story reveals the writer as opposed to offering facts about a distanced topic

A good story creates intrigue or tension around a situation that is revealed in the beginning of the story and resolved at the end sometimes with an unexpected twist The tension of an unresolved or curious situation engages and holds the viewer until reaching a memorable end

The most effective digital stories evoke an emotion from the audience Emotional content can help to hold the audi-encersquos attention The different elements (eg images effects music and tone of voice) all can contribute to adding emotion to a story cauising laughter tears and expressions of pleasure or other emotions

A good story should tell the message in a concise way An effective digital story might use only a few images a few words and even fewer special effects to communicate intend-ed meaning clearly and powerfully It is not necessary to in-clude every tiny detail of the story the audience will fill in the blanks from suggestions made by sights and sounds The art of shortening a story lies in preserving the essence of the tale - using the fewest words along with images and sound to make your point Economy is the most difficult element for both nov-ices and experienced writers to attain Setting limits to a digi-atl story helps to make the construction process manageable and it also makes it possible for an audience to view the stories in a short period of time To achieve conciseness makes the author focus the story deciding what is essential and what can be omitted A compact fast moving digital story will con-tain only those elements necessary to move the audience from beginning to end

The rhytm of the story is what keeps the audiencersquos atten-tion and interest Be careful not to make the story bdquomonoto-nousrdquo that can be a synonym with bdquoboringrdquo because an un-varied pace will not hold the audiencersquos attention There is an important interaction between economy and pacing Novice storytellers often attempt to manage the script into a two-min-ute digital story by reading it as rapidly as they can This is achieved at the expense of pacing because this approach does not allow them to pause or vary the pace It is important to confront these decisions during the script revision process in order to allow a natural pace and varied flow when the digi-tal story is constructed Changing the pace at different points

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 10

can facilitate moving the audience from one emotion to anoth-er Music tempo speech rate image duration panning and zooming speed all work to establish pace Generally pace is consistent throughout a story but once in a while it will pause accelerate decelerate or stop

As the digital stories reveal personal emotions experience attitude the storytellerrsquos voice (the pitch inflection and tembre) is essential to convey meaning and intent in a very personal way This is one of the most essential elements that contribute to the effectiveness of a digital story There is no substitute for using your own voice to tell your story It is advisable to take time to learn and practice the script so that the speaker tells it in a conversational tone If the script is simply read from the print-out then the voice will not sound natural to the audience and they will be unsure how to respond

Unlike traditional oral or written stories in digital stories im-ages sound and music can be used to show a part of the context create setting give story information and provide emotional meaning not provided by words

A good story incorporates technology in artful ways demonstrating skillsof communication with the help of imag-es sound voice color white space animations design tran-sitions and special effects Ask yourself whether your media resources are decorating illustrating or illuminating Music is an important element of the professional cinema and can be

concidered as an essential element to make a powerful story Properly employed music can enhance and underscore the accompanying story adding complexity and depth to the nar-rative

222 Elements of a good storytellingIn general a digital storyrdquo is any narrative that is told using digital media However the Centre for Digital Storytelling in California USA associates it with a 3-5 minute video produced by everyone who is not a media professional and they believe that everyone has many stories to tell People see hear and perceive the world in different ways and this means that the forms and approaches they take to telling stories are also very different

There are all kinds of stories in our lives that can be developed into multimedia pieces

As to the content the stories deal with it is possible to categorize them into the following three major groups

Personal narratives Stories that contain accounts of signifi-cant incidents in onersquos life

Historical documentaries Stories that examine historical dramatic events that help us understand the past

Stories designed to inform or instruct the viewer on a par-ticular concept or practice

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 11

2221 Elements of a good storytellingThese are perhaps the most popular type of digital story There the author tells hisher personal experience revolving around significant events in their life they can be emotionally charged and personally meaningful If you feel strongly about a certain event or person in your life you will likely write a powerful script These stories are made personal if narrated with your own voice and they reveal personal discoveries and tell something personal about the author The story (the meaning) is expressed through the narrative and supported visually by the images

Here are some possible themes for a personal story

CharacterRelationship Explore how we love who we are in-spired by what our relationships mean to us We can reveal how we met our partner what it was like when the baby was born or what our relationship is with our parents grandpar-ents brothers sisters We want to compare other peoplersquos experiences in these fundamental relationships to our own These are also stories that tend to have plenty of existing doc-umentation - eg family photoesvideos etc

Remembrance or memorial stories deal with memories of people who have played an important role in onersquos life and are no longer with us These stories are often difficult but are emo-tionally powerful and can help with the grieving process

Stories of challenge Show how we overcome great obsta-cles and challenges in our lives and achieve goals The stories can analyse and retrospect crucial moments in our lives tell

about the steps we have taken decissions we have made and to what solution we have come

Stories about a place Revolve around important places in our lives our homes our towns and our experiences that con-nect us to our communities You may have a story about your current home an ancestral home a town a park a mountain or forest you love a restaurant store or gathering place Your insights into place give us insight about your sense of values and connection to community

Stories of adventure a journey or travel Reflect and depict places we visit and adventures we have in our travels Strange-ly enough while almost everyone tells good travel stories it is often difficult to make an effective multimedia piece from these stories We rarely think about constructing a story with our pho-tographs or videos in advance of a trip And we do not want to take ourselves out of the most exhilarating moments by taking out a camera and recording Before your next trip think about creating a story outline based on an idea prior to your visit as well as what sort of images video or sounds would be useful to create the story

Stories about events in our lives Deal with significant oc-currences that we remember and want to share These can be stories about achieving a goal like graduating from school or being on the winning team in a sporting event These events are often documented so you might find it easy to construct a multimedia story

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 12

Stories about what we do Allow us to talk about our jobs pro-fessions and careers when we show what we value and what is meaninful For many people a life story is shaped by their job People also refer to their hobbies or social commitments when thinking about who they are A good story often comes from looking at the familiar in a new way and with a new meaning

2222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsMany personal narratives can include historical information to add context to the story but digital story can be created from historical material that has been collected and now used to rec-oncider and analyse the events from history and add depth and meaning to these events People may use historical photographs newspaper headlines speeches and other available materials to create a story

Eg Audio recordings of statesmenrsquos or other prominent peoplersquos speeches and photographs of the events can be used as the ba-sis of digital stories that explore famous events in history

2223 Stories that Inform or InstructThese stories reveal the process of learning when we as detec-tives illustrate how we uncovered the facts to get at a truth wheth-er it is in fixing a broken bicycle or developing a new product This type of digital story is used to convey instructional material in many different areas You can use this type of digital story to

present information on subjects ranging from maths and science to art technology etc They can instruct what can be done to im-prove your skills or how to better use some gadget

And of course stories can be created using combinations of these three methods such as autobiographical stories that use historical material as the background of a personal narrative

Life is full of stories but you have to capture these moments and use as movies so go for it

Digital storytelling takes many forms There are stories that are audio only and rely on words sound effects field recordings and music Hypertext environments facilitate the interactive story in which the bdquoreaderrdquo chooses optional paths to explore Web-based media facilitate not only stories with words but also movies stills sounds and graphics

One form of digital story is the micromovie A micromovie is usu-ally a very short exposition lasting from a few seconds to no more than 5 minutes in length It allows the teller to combine personal writing photographic images or video footage narrative sound effects and music Many people regardless of skill level are able to tell their stories through image and sound and share those sto-ries with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 13

Interview and report23

231 InterviewData and information can be collected in a number of ways field visits to sites collection of audio clips video footage photo-graphs intervieews or self-interviews document study etc

There is no shortage of information today - television radio news-papers journals books posters the Internet and even what we hear in meetings and on the street Sometimes we donrsquot particu-larly want it all but it keeps on flowing

Remember that while creating a digital story you will need infor-mation as source you will search select evaluate and organ-ise information A digital story always carries authorrsquos personal attitude and point of view so we will also create information as product the restructured and modelled information and the de-velopment of own ideas

The word interview has originated from Latin - the prefix interndash meaning bdquobetweenrdquo bdquoamongrdquo bdquomutuallyrdquo bdquotogetherrdquo and to view ndashmeaning bdquoto seerdquo

Interview is a conversation in which one person (the interviewer) elicits information from another person (the subject or interviewee)

2311 Tips for interviewingThere are three main types of interviews

Structured Interview Structured interviews follow a fixed order of questions have fixed response choices and have fixed num-ber of questions Here the interviewer has decided in advance what questions heshe is going to ask in what order the ques-tions will be asked the information to be collected Sometimes it is also called guided interview or respondentrsquos interview and the interviewer directs and controls the interview and the interviewee answers specific questions

Semi-structured These are slightly informal questions can be changed to fit the specific context and follow-up questions add-ed based on the intervieweersquos response These interviews are more conversational and the response options are not fixed

Unstructured interviews These interviews are not planned in detail Hence it is also called as non-Directed interview The questions to be asked the information to be collected etc are not decided in advance These interviews are non-planned and therefore more flexible Interviewees are more relaxed in such interviews They are encouraged to express themselves about different subjects based on their expectations motivations background interests etc Here the interviewer can make a bet-ter judgement of the candidatersquos personality potentials opinion However if the interviewer is not efficient then the discussions will lose direction and the interview will be a waste of time and effort Also called informal or in-depth interviews these are open-ended

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 9

Stories are not a mere presentation of facts Stories are told to convey some message It is important to define the key message or the main point you are going to convey to the au-dience Consider the audience and direct the story to this par-ticular audience

A good digital story begins as a good story telling person-al experience One of the most unique features of this specific digital storytelling style is the expectation that each story ex-presses a personal meaning or insight about how a particular event or situation touches you your community or humanity Digital stories are advised to be constructed from personrsquos own experience and understanding and reveal the writerrsquos or storytellerrsquos personal expression Using the first-person pro-noun bdquoIrdquo rather than the more distant third-person point of view is essential The digital story reveals the writer as opposed to offering facts about a distanced topic

A good story creates intrigue or tension around a situation that is revealed in the beginning of the story and resolved at the end sometimes with an unexpected twist The tension of an unresolved or curious situation engages and holds the viewer until reaching a memorable end

The most effective digital stories evoke an emotion from the audience Emotional content can help to hold the audi-encersquos attention The different elements (eg images effects music and tone of voice) all can contribute to adding emotion to a story cauising laughter tears and expressions of pleasure or other emotions

A good story should tell the message in a concise way An effective digital story might use only a few images a few words and even fewer special effects to communicate intend-ed meaning clearly and powerfully It is not necessary to in-clude every tiny detail of the story the audience will fill in the blanks from suggestions made by sights and sounds The art of shortening a story lies in preserving the essence of the tale - using the fewest words along with images and sound to make your point Economy is the most difficult element for both nov-ices and experienced writers to attain Setting limits to a digi-atl story helps to make the construction process manageable and it also makes it possible for an audience to view the stories in a short period of time To achieve conciseness makes the author focus the story deciding what is essential and what can be omitted A compact fast moving digital story will con-tain only those elements necessary to move the audience from beginning to end

The rhytm of the story is what keeps the audiencersquos atten-tion and interest Be careful not to make the story bdquomonoto-nousrdquo that can be a synonym with bdquoboringrdquo because an un-varied pace will not hold the audiencersquos attention There is an important interaction between economy and pacing Novice storytellers often attempt to manage the script into a two-min-ute digital story by reading it as rapidly as they can This is achieved at the expense of pacing because this approach does not allow them to pause or vary the pace It is important to confront these decisions during the script revision process in order to allow a natural pace and varied flow when the digi-tal story is constructed Changing the pace at different points

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 10

can facilitate moving the audience from one emotion to anoth-er Music tempo speech rate image duration panning and zooming speed all work to establish pace Generally pace is consistent throughout a story but once in a while it will pause accelerate decelerate or stop

As the digital stories reveal personal emotions experience attitude the storytellerrsquos voice (the pitch inflection and tembre) is essential to convey meaning and intent in a very personal way This is one of the most essential elements that contribute to the effectiveness of a digital story There is no substitute for using your own voice to tell your story It is advisable to take time to learn and practice the script so that the speaker tells it in a conversational tone If the script is simply read from the print-out then the voice will not sound natural to the audience and they will be unsure how to respond

Unlike traditional oral or written stories in digital stories im-ages sound and music can be used to show a part of the context create setting give story information and provide emotional meaning not provided by words

A good story incorporates technology in artful ways demonstrating skillsof communication with the help of imag-es sound voice color white space animations design tran-sitions and special effects Ask yourself whether your media resources are decorating illustrating or illuminating Music is an important element of the professional cinema and can be

concidered as an essential element to make a powerful story Properly employed music can enhance and underscore the accompanying story adding complexity and depth to the nar-rative

222 Elements of a good storytellingIn general a digital storyrdquo is any narrative that is told using digital media However the Centre for Digital Storytelling in California USA associates it with a 3-5 minute video produced by everyone who is not a media professional and they believe that everyone has many stories to tell People see hear and perceive the world in different ways and this means that the forms and approaches they take to telling stories are also very different

There are all kinds of stories in our lives that can be developed into multimedia pieces

As to the content the stories deal with it is possible to categorize them into the following three major groups

Personal narratives Stories that contain accounts of signifi-cant incidents in onersquos life

Historical documentaries Stories that examine historical dramatic events that help us understand the past

Stories designed to inform or instruct the viewer on a par-ticular concept or practice

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 11

2221 Elements of a good storytellingThese are perhaps the most popular type of digital story There the author tells hisher personal experience revolving around significant events in their life they can be emotionally charged and personally meaningful If you feel strongly about a certain event or person in your life you will likely write a powerful script These stories are made personal if narrated with your own voice and they reveal personal discoveries and tell something personal about the author The story (the meaning) is expressed through the narrative and supported visually by the images

Here are some possible themes for a personal story

CharacterRelationship Explore how we love who we are in-spired by what our relationships mean to us We can reveal how we met our partner what it was like when the baby was born or what our relationship is with our parents grandpar-ents brothers sisters We want to compare other peoplersquos experiences in these fundamental relationships to our own These are also stories that tend to have plenty of existing doc-umentation - eg family photoesvideos etc

Remembrance or memorial stories deal with memories of people who have played an important role in onersquos life and are no longer with us These stories are often difficult but are emo-tionally powerful and can help with the grieving process

Stories of challenge Show how we overcome great obsta-cles and challenges in our lives and achieve goals The stories can analyse and retrospect crucial moments in our lives tell

about the steps we have taken decissions we have made and to what solution we have come

Stories about a place Revolve around important places in our lives our homes our towns and our experiences that con-nect us to our communities You may have a story about your current home an ancestral home a town a park a mountain or forest you love a restaurant store or gathering place Your insights into place give us insight about your sense of values and connection to community

Stories of adventure a journey or travel Reflect and depict places we visit and adventures we have in our travels Strange-ly enough while almost everyone tells good travel stories it is often difficult to make an effective multimedia piece from these stories We rarely think about constructing a story with our pho-tographs or videos in advance of a trip And we do not want to take ourselves out of the most exhilarating moments by taking out a camera and recording Before your next trip think about creating a story outline based on an idea prior to your visit as well as what sort of images video or sounds would be useful to create the story

Stories about events in our lives Deal with significant oc-currences that we remember and want to share These can be stories about achieving a goal like graduating from school or being on the winning team in a sporting event These events are often documented so you might find it easy to construct a multimedia story

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 12

Stories about what we do Allow us to talk about our jobs pro-fessions and careers when we show what we value and what is meaninful For many people a life story is shaped by their job People also refer to their hobbies or social commitments when thinking about who they are A good story often comes from looking at the familiar in a new way and with a new meaning

2222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsMany personal narratives can include historical information to add context to the story but digital story can be created from historical material that has been collected and now used to rec-oncider and analyse the events from history and add depth and meaning to these events People may use historical photographs newspaper headlines speeches and other available materials to create a story

Eg Audio recordings of statesmenrsquos or other prominent peoplersquos speeches and photographs of the events can be used as the ba-sis of digital stories that explore famous events in history

2223 Stories that Inform or InstructThese stories reveal the process of learning when we as detec-tives illustrate how we uncovered the facts to get at a truth wheth-er it is in fixing a broken bicycle or developing a new product This type of digital story is used to convey instructional material in many different areas You can use this type of digital story to

present information on subjects ranging from maths and science to art technology etc They can instruct what can be done to im-prove your skills or how to better use some gadget

And of course stories can be created using combinations of these three methods such as autobiographical stories that use historical material as the background of a personal narrative

Life is full of stories but you have to capture these moments and use as movies so go for it

Digital storytelling takes many forms There are stories that are audio only and rely on words sound effects field recordings and music Hypertext environments facilitate the interactive story in which the bdquoreaderrdquo chooses optional paths to explore Web-based media facilitate not only stories with words but also movies stills sounds and graphics

One form of digital story is the micromovie A micromovie is usu-ally a very short exposition lasting from a few seconds to no more than 5 minutes in length It allows the teller to combine personal writing photographic images or video footage narrative sound effects and music Many people regardless of skill level are able to tell their stories through image and sound and share those sto-ries with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 13

Interview and report23

231 InterviewData and information can be collected in a number of ways field visits to sites collection of audio clips video footage photo-graphs intervieews or self-interviews document study etc

There is no shortage of information today - television radio news-papers journals books posters the Internet and even what we hear in meetings and on the street Sometimes we donrsquot particu-larly want it all but it keeps on flowing

Remember that while creating a digital story you will need infor-mation as source you will search select evaluate and organ-ise information A digital story always carries authorrsquos personal attitude and point of view so we will also create information as product the restructured and modelled information and the de-velopment of own ideas

The word interview has originated from Latin - the prefix interndash meaning bdquobetweenrdquo bdquoamongrdquo bdquomutuallyrdquo bdquotogetherrdquo and to view ndashmeaning bdquoto seerdquo

Interview is a conversation in which one person (the interviewer) elicits information from another person (the subject or interviewee)

2311 Tips for interviewingThere are three main types of interviews

Structured Interview Structured interviews follow a fixed order of questions have fixed response choices and have fixed num-ber of questions Here the interviewer has decided in advance what questions heshe is going to ask in what order the ques-tions will be asked the information to be collected Sometimes it is also called guided interview or respondentrsquos interview and the interviewer directs and controls the interview and the interviewee answers specific questions

Semi-structured These are slightly informal questions can be changed to fit the specific context and follow-up questions add-ed based on the intervieweersquos response These interviews are more conversational and the response options are not fixed

Unstructured interviews These interviews are not planned in detail Hence it is also called as non-Directed interview The questions to be asked the information to be collected etc are not decided in advance These interviews are non-planned and therefore more flexible Interviewees are more relaxed in such interviews They are encouraged to express themselves about different subjects based on their expectations motivations background interests etc Here the interviewer can make a bet-ter judgement of the candidatersquos personality potentials opinion However if the interviewer is not efficient then the discussions will lose direction and the interview will be a waste of time and effort Also called informal or in-depth interviews these are open-ended

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 10

can facilitate moving the audience from one emotion to anoth-er Music tempo speech rate image duration panning and zooming speed all work to establish pace Generally pace is consistent throughout a story but once in a while it will pause accelerate decelerate or stop

As the digital stories reveal personal emotions experience attitude the storytellerrsquos voice (the pitch inflection and tembre) is essential to convey meaning and intent in a very personal way This is one of the most essential elements that contribute to the effectiveness of a digital story There is no substitute for using your own voice to tell your story It is advisable to take time to learn and practice the script so that the speaker tells it in a conversational tone If the script is simply read from the print-out then the voice will not sound natural to the audience and they will be unsure how to respond

Unlike traditional oral or written stories in digital stories im-ages sound and music can be used to show a part of the context create setting give story information and provide emotional meaning not provided by words

A good story incorporates technology in artful ways demonstrating skillsof communication with the help of imag-es sound voice color white space animations design tran-sitions and special effects Ask yourself whether your media resources are decorating illustrating or illuminating Music is an important element of the professional cinema and can be

concidered as an essential element to make a powerful story Properly employed music can enhance and underscore the accompanying story adding complexity and depth to the nar-rative

222 Elements of a good storytellingIn general a digital storyrdquo is any narrative that is told using digital media However the Centre for Digital Storytelling in California USA associates it with a 3-5 minute video produced by everyone who is not a media professional and they believe that everyone has many stories to tell People see hear and perceive the world in different ways and this means that the forms and approaches they take to telling stories are also very different

There are all kinds of stories in our lives that can be developed into multimedia pieces

As to the content the stories deal with it is possible to categorize them into the following three major groups

Personal narratives Stories that contain accounts of signifi-cant incidents in onersquos life

Historical documentaries Stories that examine historical dramatic events that help us understand the past

Stories designed to inform or instruct the viewer on a par-ticular concept or practice

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 11

2221 Elements of a good storytellingThese are perhaps the most popular type of digital story There the author tells hisher personal experience revolving around significant events in their life they can be emotionally charged and personally meaningful If you feel strongly about a certain event or person in your life you will likely write a powerful script These stories are made personal if narrated with your own voice and they reveal personal discoveries and tell something personal about the author The story (the meaning) is expressed through the narrative and supported visually by the images

Here are some possible themes for a personal story

CharacterRelationship Explore how we love who we are in-spired by what our relationships mean to us We can reveal how we met our partner what it was like when the baby was born or what our relationship is with our parents grandpar-ents brothers sisters We want to compare other peoplersquos experiences in these fundamental relationships to our own These are also stories that tend to have plenty of existing doc-umentation - eg family photoesvideos etc

Remembrance or memorial stories deal with memories of people who have played an important role in onersquos life and are no longer with us These stories are often difficult but are emo-tionally powerful and can help with the grieving process

Stories of challenge Show how we overcome great obsta-cles and challenges in our lives and achieve goals The stories can analyse and retrospect crucial moments in our lives tell

about the steps we have taken decissions we have made and to what solution we have come

Stories about a place Revolve around important places in our lives our homes our towns and our experiences that con-nect us to our communities You may have a story about your current home an ancestral home a town a park a mountain or forest you love a restaurant store or gathering place Your insights into place give us insight about your sense of values and connection to community

Stories of adventure a journey or travel Reflect and depict places we visit and adventures we have in our travels Strange-ly enough while almost everyone tells good travel stories it is often difficult to make an effective multimedia piece from these stories We rarely think about constructing a story with our pho-tographs or videos in advance of a trip And we do not want to take ourselves out of the most exhilarating moments by taking out a camera and recording Before your next trip think about creating a story outline based on an idea prior to your visit as well as what sort of images video or sounds would be useful to create the story

Stories about events in our lives Deal with significant oc-currences that we remember and want to share These can be stories about achieving a goal like graduating from school or being on the winning team in a sporting event These events are often documented so you might find it easy to construct a multimedia story

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 12

Stories about what we do Allow us to talk about our jobs pro-fessions and careers when we show what we value and what is meaninful For many people a life story is shaped by their job People also refer to their hobbies or social commitments when thinking about who they are A good story often comes from looking at the familiar in a new way and with a new meaning

2222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsMany personal narratives can include historical information to add context to the story but digital story can be created from historical material that has been collected and now used to rec-oncider and analyse the events from history and add depth and meaning to these events People may use historical photographs newspaper headlines speeches and other available materials to create a story

Eg Audio recordings of statesmenrsquos or other prominent peoplersquos speeches and photographs of the events can be used as the ba-sis of digital stories that explore famous events in history

2223 Stories that Inform or InstructThese stories reveal the process of learning when we as detec-tives illustrate how we uncovered the facts to get at a truth wheth-er it is in fixing a broken bicycle or developing a new product This type of digital story is used to convey instructional material in many different areas You can use this type of digital story to

present information on subjects ranging from maths and science to art technology etc They can instruct what can be done to im-prove your skills or how to better use some gadget

And of course stories can be created using combinations of these three methods such as autobiographical stories that use historical material as the background of a personal narrative

Life is full of stories but you have to capture these moments and use as movies so go for it

Digital storytelling takes many forms There are stories that are audio only and rely on words sound effects field recordings and music Hypertext environments facilitate the interactive story in which the bdquoreaderrdquo chooses optional paths to explore Web-based media facilitate not only stories with words but also movies stills sounds and graphics

One form of digital story is the micromovie A micromovie is usu-ally a very short exposition lasting from a few seconds to no more than 5 minutes in length It allows the teller to combine personal writing photographic images or video footage narrative sound effects and music Many people regardless of skill level are able to tell their stories through image and sound and share those sto-ries with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 13

Interview and report23

231 InterviewData and information can be collected in a number of ways field visits to sites collection of audio clips video footage photo-graphs intervieews or self-interviews document study etc

There is no shortage of information today - television radio news-papers journals books posters the Internet and even what we hear in meetings and on the street Sometimes we donrsquot particu-larly want it all but it keeps on flowing

Remember that while creating a digital story you will need infor-mation as source you will search select evaluate and organ-ise information A digital story always carries authorrsquos personal attitude and point of view so we will also create information as product the restructured and modelled information and the de-velopment of own ideas

The word interview has originated from Latin - the prefix interndash meaning bdquobetweenrdquo bdquoamongrdquo bdquomutuallyrdquo bdquotogetherrdquo and to view ndashmeaning bdquoto seerdquo

Interview is a conversation in which one person (the interviewer) elicits information from another person (the subject or interviewee)

2311 Tips for interviewingThere are three main types of interviews

Structured Interview Structured interviews follow a fixed order of questions have fixed response choices and have fixed num-ber of questions Here the interviewer has decided in advance what questions heshe is going to ask in what order the ques-tions will be asked the information to be collected Sometimes it is also called guided interview or respondentrsquos interview and the interviewer directs and controls the interview and the interviewee answers specific questions

Semi-structured These are slightly informal questions can be changed to fit the specific context and follow-up questions add-ed based on the intervieweersquos response These interviews are more conversational and the response options are not fixed

Unstructured interviews These interviews are not planned in detail Hence it is also called as non-Directed interview The questions to be asked the information to be collected etc are not decided in advance These interviews are non-planned and therefore more flexible Interviewees are more relaxed in such interviews They are encouraged to express themselves about different subjects based on their expectations motivations background interests etc Here the interviewer can make a bet-ter judgement of the candidatersquos personality potentials opinion However if the interviewer is not efficient then the discussions will lose direction and the interview will be a waste of time and effort Also called informal or in-depth interviews these are open-ended

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 11

2221 Elements of a good storytellingThese are perhaps the most popular type of digital story There the author tells hisher personal experience revolving around significant events in their life they can be emotionally charged and personally meaningful If you feel strongly about a certain event or person in your life you will likely write a powerful script These stories are made personal if narrated with your own voice and they reveal personal discoveries and tell something personal about the author The story (the meaning) is expressed through the narrative and supported visually by the images

Here are some possible themes for a personal story

CharacterRelationship Explore how we love who we are in-spired by what our relationships mean to us We can reveal how we met our partner what it was like when the baby was born or what our relationship is with our parents grandpar-ents brothers sisters We want to compare other peoplersquos experiences in these fundamental relationships to our own These are also stories that tend to have plenty of existing doc-umentation - eg family photoesvideos etc

Remembrance or memorial stories deal with memories of people who have played an important role in onersquos life and are no longer with us These stories are often difficult but are emo-tionally powerful and can help with the grieving process

Stories of challenge Show how we overcome great obsta-cles and challenges in our lives and achieve goals The stories can analyse and retrospect crucial moments in our lives tell

about the steps we have taken decissions we have made and to what solution we have come

Stories about a place Revolve around important places in our lives our homes our towns and our experiences that con-nect us to our communities You may have a story about your current home an ancestral home a town a park a mountain or forest you love a restaurant store or gathering place Your insights into place give us insight about your sense of values and connection to community

Stories of adventure a journey or travel Reflect and depict places we visit and adventures we have in our travels Strange-ly enough while almost everyone tells good travel stories it is often difficult to make an effective multimedia piece from these stories We rarely think about constructing a story with our pho-tographs or videos in advance of a trip And we do not want to take ourselves out of the most exhilarating moments by taking out a camera and recording Before your next trip think about creating a story outline based on an idea prior to your visit as well as what sort of images video or sounds would be useful to create the story

Stories about events in our lives Deal with significant oc-currences that we remember and want to share These can be stories about achieving a goal like graduating from school or being on the winning team in a sporting event These events are often documented so you might find it easy to construct a multimedia story

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 12

Stories about what we do Allow us to talk about our jobs pro-fessions and careers when we show what we value and what is meaninful For many people a life story is shaped by their job People also refer to their hobbies or social commitments when thinking about who they are A good story often comes from looking at the familiar in a new way and with a new meaning

2222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsMany personal narratives can include historical information to add context to the story but digital story can be created from historical material that has been collected and now used to rec-oncider and analyse the events from history and add depth and meaning to these events People may use historical photographs newspaper headlines speeches and other available materials to create a story

Eg Audio recordings of statesmenrsquos or other prominent peoplersquos speeches and photographs of the events can be used as the ba-sis of digital stories that explore famous events in history

2223 Stories that Inform or InstructThese stories reveal the process of learning when we as detec-tives illustrate how we uncovered the facts to get at a truth wheth-er it is in fixing a broken bicycle or developing a new product This type of digital story is used to convey instructional material in many different areas You can use this type of digital story to

present information on subjects ranging from maths and science to art technology etc They can instruct what can be done to im-prove your skills or how to better use some gadget

And of course stories can be created using combinations of these three methods such as autobiographical stories that use historical material as the background of a personal narrative

Life is full of stories but you have to capture these moments and use as movies so go for it

Digital storytelling takes many forms There are stories that are audio only and rely on words sound effects field recordings and music Hypertext environments facilitate the interactive story in which the bdquoreaderrdquo chooses optional paths to explore Web-based media facilitate not only stories with words but also movies stills sounds and graphics

One form of digital story is the micromovie A micromovie is usu-ally a very short exposition lasting from a few seconds to no more than 5 minutes in length It allows the teller to combine personal writing photographic images or video footage narrative sound effects and music Many people regardless of skill level are able to tell their stories through image and sound and share those sto-ries with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 13

Interview and report23

231 InterviewData and information can be collected in a number of ways field visits to sites collection of audio clips video footage photo-graphs intervieews or self-interviews document study etc

There is no shortage of information today - television radio news-papers journals books posters the Internet and even what we hear in meetings and on the street Sometimes we donrsquot particu-larly want it all but it keeps on flowing

Remember that while creating a digital story you will need infor-mation as source you will search select evaluate and organ-ise information A digital story always carries authorrsquos personal attitude and point of view so we will also create information as product the restructured and modelled information and the de-velopment of own ideas

The word interview has originated from Latin - the prefix interndash meaning bdquobetweenrdquo bdquoamongrdquo bdquomutuallyrdquo bdquotogetherrdquo and to view ndashmeaning bdquoto seerdquo

Interview is a conversation in which one person (the interviewer) elicits information from another person (the subject or interviewee)

2311 Tips for interviewingThere are three main types of interviews

Structured Interview Structured interviews follow a fixed order of questions have fixed response choices and have fixed num-ber of questions Here the interviewer has decided in advance what questions heshe is going to ask in what order the ques-tions will be asked the information to be collected Sometimes it is also called guided interview or respondentrsquos interview and the interviewer directs and controls the interview and the interviewee answers specific questions

Semi-structured These are slightly informal questions can be changed to fit the specific context and follow-up questions add-ed based on the intervieweersquos response These interviews are more conversational and the response options are not fixed

Unstructured interviews These interviews are not planned in detail Hence it is also called as non-Directed interview The questions to be asked the information to be collected etc are not decided in advance These interviews are non-planned and therefore more flexible Interviewees are more relaxed in such interviews They are encouraged to express themselves about different subjects based on their expectations motivations background interests etc Here the interviewer can make a bet-ter judgement of the candidatersquos personality potentials opinion However if the interviewer is not efficient then the discussions will lose direction and the interview will be a waste of time and effort Also called informal or in-depth interviews these are open-ended

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 12

Stories about what we do Allow us to talk about our jobs pro-fessions and careers when we show what we value and what is meaninful For many people a life story is shaped by their job People also refer to their hobbies or social commitments when thinking about who they are A good story often comes from looking at the familiar in a new way and with a new meaning

2222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsMany personal narratives can include historical information to add context to the story but digital story can be created from historical material that has been collected and now used to rec-oncider and analyse the events from history and add depth and meaning to these events People may use historical photographs newspaper headlines speeches and other available materials to create a story

Eg Audio recordings of statesmenrsquos or other prominent peoplersquos speeches and photographs of the events can be used as the ba-sis of digital stories that explore famous events in history

2223 Stories that Inform or InstructThese stories reveal the process of learning when we as detec-tives illustrate how we uncovered the facts to get at a truth wheth-er it is in fixing a broken bicycle or developing a new product This type of digital story is used to convey instructional material in many different areas You can use this type of digital story to

present information on subjects ranging from maths and science to art technology etc They can instruct what can be done to im-prove your skills or how to better use some gadget

And of course stories can be created using combinations of these three methods such as autobiographical stories that use historical material as the background of a personal narrative

Life is full of stories but you have to capture these moments and use as movies so go for it

Digital storytelling takes many forms There are stories that are audio only and rely on words sound effects field recordings and music Hypertext environments facilitate the interactive story in which the bdquoreaderrdquo chooses optional paths to explore Web-based media facilitate not only stories with words but also movies stills sounds and graphics

One form of digital story is the micromovie A micromovie is usu-ally a very short exposition lasting from a few seconds to no more than 5 minutes in length It allows the teller to combine personal writing photographic images or video footage narrative sound effects and music Many people regardless of skill level are able to tell their stories through image and sound and share those sto-ries with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 13

Interview and report23

231 InterviewData and information can be collected in a number of ways field visits to sites collection of audio clips video footage photo-graphs intervieews or self-interviews document study etc

There is no shortage of information today - television radio news-papers journals books posters the Internet and even what we hear in meetings and on the street Sometimes we donrsquot particu-larly want it all but it keeps on flowing

Remember that while creating a digital story you will need infor-mation as source you will search select evaluate and organ-ise information A digital story always carries authorrsquos personal attitude and point of view so we will also create information as product the restructured and modelled information and the de-velopment of own ideas

The word interview has originated from Latin - the prefix interndash meaning bdquobetweenrdquo bdquoamongrdquo bdquomutuallyrdquo bdquotogetherrdquo and to view ndashmeaning bdquoto seerdquo

Interview is a conversation in which one person (the interviewer) elicits information from another person (the subject or interviewee)

2311 Tips for interviewingThere are three main types of interviews

Structured Interview Structured interviews follow a fixed order of questions have fixed response choices and have fixed num-ber of questions Here the interviewer has decided in advance what questions heshe is going to ask in what order the ques-tions will be asked the information to be collected Sometimes it is also called guided interview or respondentrsquos interview and the interviewer directs and controls the interview and the interviewee answers specific questions

Semi-structured These are slightly informal questions can be changed to fit the specific context and follow-up questions add-ed based on the intervieweersquos response These interviews are more conversational and the response options are not fixed

Unstructured interviews These interviews are not planned in detail Hence it is also called as non-Directed interview The questions to be asked the information to be collected etc are not decided in advance These interviews are non-planned and therefore more flexible Interviewees are more relaxed in such interviews They are encouraged to express themselves about different subjects based on their expectations motivations background interests etc Here the interviewer can make a bet-ter judgement of the candidatersquos personality potentials opinion However if the interviewer is not efficient then the discussions will lose direction and the interview will be a waste of time and effort Also called informal or in-depth interviews these are open-ended

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 13

Interview and report23

231 InterviewData and information can be collected in a number of ways field visits to sites collection of audio clips video footage photo-graphs intervieews or self-interviews document study etc

There is no shortage of information today - television radio news-papers journals books posters the Internet and even what we hear in meetings and on the street Sometimes we donrsquot particu-larly want it all but it keeps on flowing

Remember that while creating a digital story you will need infor-mation as source you will search select evaluate and organ-ise information A digital story always carries authorrsquos personal attitude and point of view so we will also create information as product the restructured and modelled information and the de-velopment of own ideas

The word interview has originated from Latin - the prefix interndash meaning bdquobetweenrdquo bdquoamongrdquo bdquomutuallyrdquo bdquotogetherrdquo and to view ndashmeaning bdquoto seerdquo

Interview is a conversation in which one person (the interviewer) elicits information from another person (the subject or interviewee)

2311 Tips for interviewingThere are three main types of interviews

Structured Interview Structured interviews follow a fixed order of questions have fixed response choices and have fixed num-ber of questions Here the interviewer has decided in advance what questions heshe is going to ask in what order the ques-tions will be asked the information to be collected Sometimes it is also called guided interview or respondentrsquos interview and the interviewer directs and controls the interview and the interviewee answers specific questions

Semi-structured These are slightly informal questions can be changed to fit the specific context and follow-up questions add-ed based on the intervieweersquos response These interviews are more conversational and the response options are not fixed

Unstructured interviews These interviews are not planned in detail Hence it is also called as non-Directed interview The questions to be asked the information to be collected etc are not decided in advance These interviews are non-planned and therefore more flexible Interviewees are more relaxed in such interviews They are encouraged to express themselves about different subjects based on their expectations motivations background interests etc Here the interviewer can make a bet-ter judgement of the candidatersquos personality potentials opinion However if the interviewer is not efficient then the discussions will lose direction and the interview will be a waste of time and effort Also called informal or in-depth interviews these are open-ended

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 14

and guided by the intervieweersquos opinion So also called informant interview suitable mainly for complex and open-ended questions

Before you record the interview determine why you want to have it what information you need to collect your goals and reveal the idea of your story

Before the interview identify people you want to interview In choosing interviewees you need to ask three questions1 Does the person have the information I need2 Is the person available for an interview3 Will the person provide me with the information I need

Prepare and write down the questions for interview Think over what questions you have put down and why Heading to an interview with a sense of what you want to get out of it is critical to conducting a successful interview

Distinguish open and closed questions1 Open questions begin with words such as ldquoWhordquo ldquoWhatrdquo

ldquoWhererdquo or ldquoWhenrdquo That is they give a chance to give a narrative response without being confined by the question Such questions are good when general or background in-formation is necessary Their disadvantage is that they can cause an interviewee to ramble on endlessly

2 Closed questions on the other hand call for a specific answer usually a Yesrdquo or a Nordquo The disadvantage of clo-sed questions is that in using them you may be jumping too quickly to conclusions

3 Both types of questions have their place during the inter-view In general if you want to get the big picture and to avoid jumping to conclusions or making wrong assump-tions begin with open questions With open questions you can receive more informative answers and bring up mat-ters that you can focus on more specifically

When you go to interview someone dress appropriately arrive on time and be polite and professional Check the re-cording device before you start Refer to your list of prepared questions stay on track but allow for spontaneous discussion

Sometimes the interviewing techniques can help you to tell your story You may prepare questions and then record your own answers to the questions This wil be bdquoself-interviewrdquo when you conduct the interview responding to these questions directly into a microphone in the place where you feel at ease If the idea of talking to a recording device is uninspiring have someone interview you This can be a friend a colleague or anyone you trust and can support you

2312 Guidelines for the Interviewer If you have prepared questions study and try to remember

them so that you are not reading from the page and feel free to make changes Being able to sustain eye contact assists the interviewee in relaxing and responding in a natural way

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 15

Know how to use the recording device and test it before each interview

Allow the interviewee to complete his or her thoughts giv-ing enough time to think through and restate something that is a bit difficult to articulate Interruptions can cause people to lose their train of thought or become self-aware and steer away from important but perhaps emotionally difficult informa-tion Let the interviewee tell you when he or she has finished a question before moving on to the next

While you always want to have a plan in mind before you do an interview donrsquot be afraid to let an interview go off in another directionif itrsquos an interesting one You never want to let someone yoursquore interviewing ramble on about something pointless but if the interviewee starts talking about something interesting go with it Recognize when someone is saying something interesting and react to that When you have done with the interesting side you can always go back to the ques-tions you prepared beforehand

When appropriate use your own intuition when asking questions to get more detailed responses Often a personrsquos initial thoughts about a question only retrieves a broad outline of a memory Feel free to inquire for specifics or details that would clarify or expand upon a general response

If the story is about information that is specifically painful in the personrsquos life carefully assess how far you will go and how much you will allow the respondent to delve into these

memories Donrsquot feel you need to hunt for emotionally charged material to make the interview effective The interview should come naturally and comfortably

Finally along with ensuring privacy in the interview make sure everyone is comfortable comfortable chairs water at hand and the microphone positioned so as not to disturb the conversation

2313 Guidelines for the interviewee Keep an open mind and try to keep to the point and message

you wanted to tell to concrete audience Donrsquot try to pretend or fake your answers be yourself be

natural Get natural enjoyment of the process Remeber that your voice is a pewerful instrument - so when

speaking vary the pace volume and inflections of your voice Be interested in what you say as it reflects in your voice - it

should carry energy and effectively convey the emotions of the story message you tell

Donrsquot stretch the material do not beat about the bush be concise and precise

And remember if you miss something in your story or in-terview you can record it again or add necessary information

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 16

314 Reporting There are a lot of events happening all around and you can spot great stories and identify the best people to talk to about the is-sues you are interested in So possible stories are all around you just have to take some steps to make a report

Before you start making any news report remember some simple advice think how can you tell the story in the most en-gaging way without making it too complicated

In order to keep your story going in the direction you want it to you must plan it Decide how you want to start your re-port and how you want to end it and then you wonrsquot miss out any important information in the middle

As with any story the simpliest way to create your report it is to follow 5 W questions

What What is the report about Which points do you need to focus on to attract listenersrsquo and viewersrsquo interest It is impor-tant to get the facts necessary information about the event issue before starting your report Why Why do you want to make this report Will your story be important to your audience How will you make it important for themWho Who will be involved If you are not reporting from the immediate spot then you have to arrange that the necessary people are there when you are filming Do not forget to ar-range all the necessary permissions (specially if children are involved then the permission to film them should be obtained

from their parents) If you can choose think about the people who can tell the story in an interesting way Where where would you like to film Is it possible to do it in this place or maybe you have to ask for the permission Ar-range the appropriate timeWhen If you are going to report an event that is happening outside your influence make sure you get there on time If you are arranging special shooting time think about lights people involved technical aspects

If you think carefully about each of these points in detail then you will have a plan with clear understanding as to what you need to film where and when

When you have done detailed planning arranged all the necessary people equipment done arrangements you can set the time for filming

A basic TV news report is made up of five parts

Introduction At this stage the reporter introducs the story or the theme It is usually short and snappyFirst interview You talk to the first person persons and ask them to give their opinion on what is happening and how it affects themSecond interview It is advisable to talk to someone with a different opinion to provide balanceExtra shots Include some shots showing more the place and the people in the story That will make the report more interest-ing lively and give a rounded impression

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 17

Conclusion Before finishing try to summarise the outcome or possible outcomes of the story

bull For example reporters can look straight at the camera when they do their introduction and conclusion These are called bdquopieces to camerardquo

bull If you have an interviewee think how to position your inter-viewee in the shot Interviewees usually stand on one side of the frame looking over to the other side of the screen

bull Be very careful to check your audio levels too Wear your headphones Without good sound you wonrsquot be able to use the video that goes with it

bull Think about the equipment you will need for filming Take some extra pieces with you (eg spare camera batteries) If you run out during an interview you wonrsquot be able to finish your story And if yoursquove got a tripod take it with you to keep the shots steady

bull When filming you and your teamrsquos safety is top priority No film is worth your or your team mates health or safety Donrsquot film in dangerous places - on the road or roof or any other place that can be dangerous If you are going to report from a place that is not familiar to you - check the way time you need to get there surroundings Do not do it alone and inform somebody about your plans

media news24

241 Steps of digital storytelling

Digital storytelling allows computer users to become creative storytellers through the traditional processes of selecting a top-ic conducting some research writing a script and developing an interesting story This material is then combined with various types of multimedia including computer-based graphics record-ed audio computer-generated text video clips and music so that it can be played on a computer uploaded on a web site or burned on a DVD

In order to create a digital story it is advisable to follow such se-quence of steps that will lead from traditional process of storytell-ing to work with various digital tools and putting it all together and sharing with others

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 18

The key steps

Step 1Come up

with an ideaWrite e

proposal

Digital storytelling

process

Step 2ResearchExploreLearn

Step 8Feedback and reflect

Step 3WriteScript

Step 7Share

Step 4Storyboard

Plan

Step 6Put it all together

Step 5GatherCreate

imageGathercreate

audioGathercreate

video

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 19

Start with an IdeaAll stories begin with an idea and digital stories are not different This idea could be your personal revelation emotions significant events you want to share with others the topic you want to investi-gate a question asked or an issue that is raised in your community

At this initial stage you have to answer 3 straightforward questions bull What is the subject of the story What message do I want to tell bull What is the purpose What do I want to achieve - convince

provoke questionbull Whom am I addressing my story Who will be the viewer and

listener

Working through these questions will help you focus more clearly on getting the first draft of your report right-complete persuasive and well-ordered

Gathering information organization of ideas

Digital stories might be fiction or non-fiction Once you have an idea you will need to explore research and organise your ideas Graphic organizers (also called concept maps entity relationship charts and mind maps) are useful at this stage as they are a pic-torial way of constructing knowledge and organizing information They help to convert and compress a lot of seemingly disjointed information into a structured simple-to-read graphic display The resulting visual display conveys complex information in a sim-ple-to-understand manner

You can do mind-mapping write outlines create index cards or use online note-taking tools to help keep track of information

One of the ways how easily organise ideas for a story is using story maps - graphic representations of the various elements and sequence of events of a story which clearly outline the relations-hips to each other

Some of the many elements of a story include the important cha-racters (their appearance personality traits and motivations) the setting of the story (time and place) problem faced by the cha-racters how the problem is approached and the outcome

There are many approaches how to create your story that exami-ne different elements of the story (and reveal different structures within a story)

bull You can write about (summarize) what happened at the begin-ning the middle and the end of the story

beginning

middle

End

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 20

bull Five Ws diagrams are a type of graphic organizer that in a simple visual way help to organize basic information neces-sary for a story or to describe an event There are 5 question words bdquoWho When Where What and Why that can be inter-preted in many different ways including why the event happe-ned or why the event was important

Who

WhereWhen

WhyWhat

Story

bull To create a narrative describing the sequence of events to 5 Wh questions the 6 question can be added - How

Who

When

What

Why

Where

How

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 21

bull Some list the title setting characters the problem the solu-tion and the moral or theme of the story

bull This story map prompts the student to summarize the place time characters problem and solution of a story

Place

Charac-ters

Time

Problem

Solution

bull Some list a complex chain of events that summarize all key elements of the story in chronological order

Setting

Event 1

Characters

Event 2

Describe the problem

Describe the solution

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 22

bull Spider map (sometimes called a semantic map) also can be used to to organize onersquos thoughts investigate and enumera-te various aspects of a single theme or topic The process of creating a spider diagram helps to focus on the topic requi-res to review what is already known in order to organize that knowledge and helps to monitor growing comprehension of the topic

Topic

DetailAsp

ect 1

Aspect 2

Aspect 4

Aspect 3

Detail Detail

Detail

Detail

Detail Detail

Detail

Apart from the previously discused techniques you can choose a technique you prefer or create your own for making a story mapWhatever technique you use donrsquot forget to visualize the charac-ters settings and events Pay attention to the sequence of main events- decide what happened first next and then

Story maps can be used as an outline for creating a story or to summarize the story events

As a story map is a visual depiction of the settings or the sequen-ce of major events and actions of story characters it enables the author to relate story events and to perceive structure

PowerPoint can be a very useful tool to create story maps This is a fun way to integrate technology and literacy in the classroom and all the while students will be learning how to use PowerPoint

You can use online interactive graphic organizers and interactive Story Map creatorshttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesessay-30063htmlhttpwwwreadwritethinkorgclassroom-resourcesstudent-inte-ractivesstory-30008html

Write the script After you have organized your ideas collected and sorted the necessary information the next stepi s to write a script that will be used as a narration in your digital story When you are trying to write sometimes it is embarrasing as you have a blank sheet of paper and a feeling that you do not know where to start Thatrsquos why the pre-writing steps mentioned previously are recomended to help with the initial process of organizing your thoughts before proceeding with the story writing

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 23

If you have an idea and you have developed the story map then with a little bit of editing it can become a script If you researched and explored the topic well the body of the script should fall into place like a jigsaw puzzle The pieces are already there you just need to make them fit

This is also the time where literary decisions come into play Deci-de whether you will use first second or third person Expand word choices do not hesitate to use a dictionary or thesaurus

wwwvisuwordscom - Visuwordstrade online graphical dictionary where you can look up words to find their meanings and associa-tions with other words and concepts

wwwwordnikcom - shows definitions from multiple sources so you can see as many different takes on a words meaning as pos-sible

Remember that a story is more than just words A digital Story is personal Its told from the heart with feelings that can be revea-led in both words and pictures

Remember that your script will be read or told it is not going to be published A great piece of writing doesnt always turn into a great voice-over for a voice-over is written to be spoken No one listening can see spelling errors so write it as you would speak it its not an address or a lecture but it is a considered narrative

The precise word count is less important than the rhythm with which the words are delivered

For a story of two minutes the script should be about 250 words long Be aware though that most stories benefit from pauses gaps in the voice-over where the pictures are allowed to carry the narrative by themselves

In a two minute piece there is plenty of time to lose your way A story is like a journey and it is very easy to set off in the right direction and yet never reach your destination So while you are writing keep asking yourself bdquoWhat is my story aboutrdquo Do not include anything which dilutes the storys intention

Creating a storyboardIt can be a valuable step in the creative process by allowing the developer to understand the necessity for sound and images and to organize images and text in a blueprint fashion before the ac-tual development begins It allows the user to visualize how the project will be put together and what holes exist since you can see the entire plan laid out in front of you Storyboarding can also inspire new ideas as well as rearrange existing resources befo-re the final development begins and changes may be harder to make Simple storyboards will just have room for imagesvideo and the script More advanced ones might even include room for transitions and background music

A storyboard is a written or graphical representation of all the ele-ments that will be included in a digital story The storyboard is usually created before actual work on creating the digital story begins and a written description and graphical depiction of the elements of the story such as images text narration music

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 24

transitions etc are added to the storyboard The elements of the story are arranged in the storyboard in the chronological order in which they will appear in the story and this allows the developer to organize and re-arrange the content for maximum effect

Image description

Image description

Image description

Narration

Narration

Narration

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Effects

Transition

Music

Storyboards may be created in a variety of ways both digitally and manually on paper or artists board If storyboards are de-veloped on a computer a variety of software programs may be used such as Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint

Scene 1

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

Transition Transition Transition

SoundMusic

Notes

VoiceOverNarration

SoundMusic

Notes

Scene 2 Scene 3

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 25

Activities25

1 Digital Storytelling

11 What is digital storytellingA Do you like to tell or write stories Give your argumentsB Work in groups What do you think is a digital story Give a

definitionC What elements do traditional written stories and digital stories

have in common and what makes them different

12 The role of digital storytelling in media literacy D In groups brainstorm and make a list of skills you need to

create a digital storyE Watch the digital story and see if you have mentioned all the

skills on the listF Read the text and add the skills to your list

bull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=bwc7lN-XbFIamplist=PL-47B77396AAEEF956ampfeature=c4-overview-vl

bull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-d=299ampcategoryid=9ampd_title=Places

2 Storytelling techniques

21 Elements of a good storytellingG Discuss in groups What elements can make a digital story

memorable and impressiveH Watch the digital story What impressed you in the story How

was it achievedbull httpdigitalstorytellingcoeuheduview_storycfmvi-

d=395ampcategoryid=8ampd_title=Personal20Reflectionbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

22 Types of Digital stories221 PersonalNarrative StoriesI What are the most typical themes of a personal story222 Stories that Examine Historical EventsJ What historical material can be used to create a story K Discuss in groups What can be the themes of stories that

examine history and what material can be used223 Stories that Inform or Instruct ActivitiesL In groups choose some digital stories and try to categorize

them (according to criteria - content theme media etc) Give reasons why you think it belongs to that category Pay attention to the lenth of the story the author the messagebull httpstorycenterorgstoriesbull httpwwwyoutubecomuserCenterOfTheStoryvideoss-

helf_index=5ampsort=ddampview=1amptag_idbull httpwwwyoutubecomwatchv=KfNJ6agH6Ocamplis-

t=PLC8F0259C977F715B

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 26

3 Interview and report

31 InterviewM In what way and what kind of information can be collected for

a digital story311 Tips for interviewingN What are the advantages and disadvantages of these types

of interviewbull structuredbull semi-structuredbull unstructured

312 Guidelines for the InterviewerO What three advice do you concider to be most useful for the

interviewer313 Guidelines for the intervieweeP What is your experience of being interviewed Mention some

positive andor negative conslusions314 Reporting ActivitiesQ Choose a theme you would like to interview your groupmate

Write questions for an interviewR Role play the situation and record the interview

4 Media news

41 Steps of digital storytelling ActivitiesS What are the main steps in producing a digital storyT What could be the theme of your digital story What would

you like to make it about Who could be the audienceU Choose one of the methods discussed before (mind-map

graphic organiser 5 Wrsquos diagram on ndash line tools etc) and create your story map

V Think what information you need for your story Who will tell the story If necessary search the information prepare inter-view questions write the script

W Create a storyboard Think what elements you will use to make your story memorable emotionally impressive and powerful

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 27

bibliography26

Art Storytelling Technology and Education Retrieved February10 2014 from httpwwwjasonohlercomstorytellingindexcfm

Bamford Anne The Visual Literacy White Paper Retrieved March 1 2014 from httpwwwapertureorgwp-contentuploads201305visual-literacy-wppdf

Digital storytelling A tutorial in 10 easy steps Retrieved February 21 2014 from httpwwwsocialbriteorg20100715digital-storytelling-a-tutorial-in-10-easy-steps

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpelectronicportfolioscomdigistory

Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 17 2014 from httpmembersshawcadbreardsthtml

Digital StorytellingCapturing Lives Creating Community New York NY Routledge 2013 7 Digital Storytelling for Com-munities Retrieved February 17 2014 from httplibrarydigi-talstorytellingwordpresscom

Framework for 21 st Century Learning Retvieved March 2 2014 from httpwwwp21orgour-workp21-framework

Frazel Midge Digital storytellingGuide for Educators Washington DCInternational Society for Technology in Educa-

tion 2010 10Graphic Organizers Retrieved February 10 2014 from httpwwwenchantedlearningcomgraphicorganizers

Lambert Joe Digital storytelling Cookbook Digital Diner Press 2010 Retrieved March 2 2014 from httpstorycenterorgcookbook-download

Media Literacy A Definition and More Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpwwwmedialitorgmedia-literacy-defini-tion-and-more

Morra Samantha 8 Steps To Great Digital Storytelling Retrieved February 15 2014 from http wwwedudemic

com8-steps-to-great-digital-storytelling

Porter Bernajean Elements of good digital storytelling Retrieved February 16 2014 from httpcreativeeducatortech4learningcomv04articlesTake_Sixixzz2wFbtxALm

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

DIGITAL STORYTELLING MODULEADVANCED COURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY 28

Tips on how to make a video news report Retrieved March 4 2014 from httpnewsbbccouk2hischool_reportresour-ces_for_teachers8472052stm

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 3 2014 from httpssitesgooglecomsitemtpsdigitalstorytellingtypes-of-digital-stories

Types of Digital Stories Retrieved March 5 2014 from httpwriting2richmondeduwritingwwebdigitalstorydigstorytypesprinthtml

Types of digital stories Retrieved February 9 2014 from httpuhdigitalstorytellingworkshoppbworkscomwpage457574TYPES20OF20DIGITAL20STORIES

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn

ADVANCEDCOURSE OF MEDIA LITERACY

PrOjEct sUPPOrtED by

this PrOjEct has bEEn fUnDED with sUPPOrt frOM thE EUrOPEan cOMMissiOn